version 0.73.0
This commit is contained in:
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
By using this statement, no linker directive needed.
|
||||
|
||||
.globl main
|
||||
.type main,@function
|
||||
main:
|
||||
|
||||
----------- OR
|
||||
|
||||
.global _TEST02
|
||||
.type _TEST02,@function
|
||||
_TEST02:
|
||||
|
||||
I prefer main.
|
||||
|
||||
============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
What is this for ? I think this not needed.
|
||||
|
||||
.fill 16, 1, '?'
|
||||
|
||||
============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
I think this not needed. GCC -S does not generate it.
|
||||
|
||||
.extern _stop_run:far
|
||||
|
||||
============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
If I use mcoblib.h in both the compiler(htcoblib.h) and lib directories,
|
||||
this creates a problem.
|
||||
|
||||
gcc -I/usr/include -I../lib -c -g -DDEBUG_COMPILER htcobol.c
|
||||
y.tab.c:138: warning: `RECORD' redefined
|
||||
../lib/mcoblib.h:77: warning: this is the location of the previous definition
|
||||
|
||||
In htcobol.c(y.tab.c) it is defined as a token.
|
||||
%token RECORD,OMITTED,STANDARD,RECORDS,BLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
In lib/mcoblib.h it is defined as a char *.
|
||||
#define RECORD ((char *)(v->record))
|
||||
|
||||
I do not know what to make of this. However, Rildo Pragana did
|
||||
mention removing a indexed file package, because it was not under GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
|
||||
Tiny Cobol Compiler Overview
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The COBOL compiler was intended to be constructed with proven tools like
|
||||
lex/flex and byacc (standard yacc from Berkeley) with a C code generator.
|
||||
They are applied in that order for the files:
|
||||
scan.l (scanner), htcobol.y (parser), htcobgen.c (code generator, listings
|
||||
generator and symbol table management functions).
|
||||
The output is assembler with AT&T syntax, standard for the Linux environment.
|
||||
We plan to do first a ANSI-1974 compliant version, with extensions for
|
||||
embedding SQL access and an access to tcl/tk libraries for writing visual
|
||||
(GUI) applications, but later we expect to evolve to a full '85 version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Scanner (tokenizer)
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
You will find a large table, reserved_symbols[], that defines all tokens
|
||||
recognized by the scanner as reserved symbols.
|
||||
When adding a new token at the parser, the same token must be added here.
|
||||
The first entry is the token string, as it will be read by the scanner.
|
||||
It shall be in uppercase, because the lookup() function convert everything
|
||||
before looking at the table (but don't write back at the token buffer).
|
||||
If something is not found as a reserved word, the case matters (upper/lower).
|
||||
The second entry is the same token definition you entered in the parser
|
||||
(htcobol.y). The third entry (minor) is a minor token number and may be
|
||||
removed in a future release. It was needed in our limited version
|
||||
of lex for the Ms-DOS(TM) environment, so we shared tokens with different
|
||||
minor codes. Now they are history and gradually will be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
The scanner is controlled by the parser, to make it context-dependent, so
|
||||
become easier to know what to looking for.
|
||||
|
||||
(>>>> Note: for instance, there was found a hard to fix reduce/reduce
|
||||
conflict because of "NOT ON OVERFLOW", that confused the parser because
|
||||
the token NOT was usually found in conditions, for instance in the IF
|
||||
statement. That conflict was removed by a dirty trick, defining a new
|
||||
state and changing NOT to another "kind of NOT", we have called it
|
||||
NOTEXCEP. It's another token, dependent on the context, but is the very
|
||||
same string: 'N','O','T'. In the user point of view it is
|
||||
indistinguishable from the other.)
|
||||
|
||||
At the very beginning of the scanner
|
||||
code, there is a large switch statement:
|
||||
|
||||
switch (curr_division) {
|
||||
case CDIV_IDENT:
|
||||
scdebug("-> IDENT_ST\n");
|
||||
BEGIN IDENT_ST;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
curr_division = 0; /* to avoid new state switching */
|
||||
|
||||
So each state only look for the tokens it is expected to find. For instance,
|
||||
at the COMMENT_ST state, everything that matches the regular expression
|
||||
|
||||
{letters}(({alphanum}|-)*{alphanum}+)?
|
||||
|
||||
will be matched and no token is returned to the parser (when it calls yylex()),
|
||||
except if one reserved token DIVISNUM (any COBOL division identifier) is found.
|
||||
This way, it consumes any input from the source program until a new division
|
||||
is found. It is entered in the IDENTIFICATION DIVISION, when the parser
|
||||
(htcobol.y) executes the following:
|
||||
|
||||
identification_division:
|
||||
PROGRAM_ID "." IDSTRING EOS {
|
||||
curr_division = CDIV_COMMENT;
|
||||
pgm_header($3); }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
As we see, first the program-id is parsed and stored. As it's the only thing
|
||||
that's really matters here, we discard anything else after the program-id,
|
||||
until we find the next division token: ENVIRONMENT.
|
||||
|
||||
Several recognizers may be grouped with the same starting states in the
|
||||
scanner, surrounding them with something like:
|
||||
|
||||
<COMMENT_ST>{
|
||||
... (several lex declarations)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of COMMENT_ST, we can put several states for which the same
|
||||
declarations apply, like in <INITIAL,ENVIR_ST,DATA_ST,REDEF_ST>, or even
|
||||
<*> to enter a global (all states) declaration. This last case must be done
|
||||
with extreme care, because it affects already tested states. Probably you don't
|
||||
want to do it. Another special starting state we use is <<EOF>>. Please
|
||||
consult flex manual or any good lex/flex book to read more about it. In our
|
||||
case, it signals the end of a "copy" (include file) operation.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the goals of making this scanner with several main states, was because
|
||||
we can distinguish between variables and labels (paragraphs and sections), so
|
||||
we can avoid several tokens look-ahead in the parser. (There is a discussion
|
||||
at the mailing list of GNU-Cobol2C compiler project about this topic)
|
||||
Our compiler stores all variables during the DATA_ST state (corresponding to
|
||||
data division) and already knows what is a variable during INITIAL state
|
||||
(procedure division, default state), so it returns 2 distinct tokens for a
|
||||
variable or a paragraph or section identifier (VARIABLE and LABELSTR,
|
||||
respectively).
|
||||
This is needed because, for instance, a
|
||||
|
||||
PERFORM IDENT-1 OF IDENT-2 IDENT-3 TIMES
|
||||
|
||||
and an statement like
|
||||
|
||||
PERFORM IDENT-1 OF IDENT-2 TIMES <statements> END-PERFORM
|
||||
|
||||
where in the first case, IDENT-1 is a paragraph name and in the second, IDENT-1
|
||||
is a variable (field) name. This example need to lookahead 3 tokens
|
||||
(if IDENT-1 and IDENT-2 is not qualified), and in general as much as
|
||||
50 lookahead! The other possible solution is to do our
|
||||
parsing with a better tool than yacc (btyacc is a backtracking yacc, see at
|
||||
tiny-cobol's home page links section). With our simple solution, IDENT-1 is
|
||||
know to be a VARIABLE or a LABELSTR (if no variable was found), so the
|
||||
lookahead is not needed, and we can stay with regular yacc, besides the parser
|
||||
generated is much faster than with btyacc (if lookahead is needed).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Symbol table organization
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The symbol table use a hash to choose one of HASHLEN entries and store æach
|
||||
symbol in this thread, according a hash() function applied on the symbol name
|
||||
characters. For each value of "litflag" we can have:
|
||||
|
||||
litflag | actual structure | it is meant for
|
||||
---------+-------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||||
0 | struct sym | general symbols (files, fields, ws, linkage)
|
||||
1 | struct lit | literals
|
||||
2,',', | struct vref | variable references to compute array indices
|
||||
'+','-'| " " | " " " " "
|
||||
4 | struct refmod | refmod's which encapsulate litflag = 0 or 2
|
||||
---------+-------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
All those structures must have "litflag" as the first field so we can make a
|
||||
pointer conversion when accessing the actual storage. In addition, the
|
||||
structures "lit" and "sym" must share the following representation:
|
||||
|
||||
struct XXX {
|
||||
char litflag;
|
||||
struct XXX *next;
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
char type;
|
||||
int decimals;
|
||||
unsigned location;
|
||||
unsigned descriptor;
|
||||
... /* the rest of the particular structure */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
where XXX = lit or sym.
|
||||
|
||||
How the subscripting works? Let's see the representation of a subscripted
|
||||
variable reference.
|
||||
Suppose the following COBOL statement: MOVE 5 TO VAR ( I + 1, J - 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
where I,J are numeric variables (anyone, not just "indexed by").
|
||||
In the parser we need a "struct sym" to reference it in a call to
|
||||
|
||||
gen_move( struct sym *sy_src, struct sym *sy_dst )
|
||||
|
||||
where sy_src is the source of the moved field (can be a literal too, of
|
||||
course), and sy_dst is the destination variable. The definition of this
|
||||
function is very simple indeed:
|
||||
|
||||
gen_move( struct sym *sy_src, struct sym *sy_dst ) {
|
||||
gen_loadvar( sy_dst );
|
||||
gen_loadvar( sy_src );
|
||||
asm_call("move");
|
||||
}
|
||||
that will generate a "push" in the stack for the representation of the 2
|
||||
references and call the runtime library function "move". The hard work is done
|
||||
by the function gen_loadvar. It inspects first the litflag of the received
|
||||
argument to see if it is really a symbol (struct sym), or a literal (struct
|
||||
lit) or yet a subscripted/indexed variable reference (struct ref) and decides
|
||||
what to do depending on it's value.
|
||||
The result will be the generation of code to push two values (unless the
|
||||
reference is a NULL) at the runtime stack:
|
||||
(1) the "struct fld_desc" of the field; (2) a pointer (char *) to the field
|
||||
storage. (please look also the section on code generation below)
|
||||
|
||||
Returning to the subscripting/indexing stuff, when the gen_loadvar find
|
||||
(really at gen_loadloc) a litflag=2, meaning a "struct vref" is aliased,
|
||||
it calls gen_subscripted to generate the code for computing the offset for
|
||||
accessing the array element following the list of variable references in vref.
|
||||
In the example given above, VAR ( I + 1, J - 2 ) will be represented as a list
|
||||
with the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
(Notes: the headers are the fields of "struct vref"
|
||||
the addresses are fictitious)
|
||||
|
||||
address | litflag | next | sym->name
|
||||
--------+---------+-------+-----------
|
||||
80001 | '\x2' | 80012 | VAR
|
||||
80012 | '+' | 80035 | I
|
||||
80035 | ',' | 80047 | 1
|
||||
80047 | '-' | 80059 | J
|
||||
80059 | ',' | NULL | 2
|
||||
|
||||
Another related function is value_to_eax, that generates code for loading the
|
||||
register %eax with the value of a subscript variable (I or J above). This
|
||||
function will be extended to include variables with the "usage is comp" clause
|
||||
(for working with real indices, not only subscripts).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- more to be added later ---
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The parser
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
--- to be written (any takers?) ---
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Code generation
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
Our output is assembly language, using the cdecl calling convention. In
|
||||
COBOL, we cannot handle null-terminated strings like we do in C, because a
|
||||
character may contain any binary value (including the null char), and the
|
||||
fields in COBOL are fixed length. Most of the library functions require a
|
||||
description of the field that's not supposed to be altered in any way. Each
|
||||
COBOL variable is represented by two pointers:
|
||||
|
||||
* a fld_desc (field descriptor) pointer
|
||||
|
||||
* a storage pointer (the real buffer contents)
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a description of each entry (please note that VarStructure.Info.txt
|
||||
contains a more up to date description of this structure):
|
||||
|
||||
struct fld_desc {
|
||||
unsigned short len;
|
||||
char type;
|
||||
unsigned char decimals;
|
||||
unsigned int all:1;
|
||||
unsigned int just_r:1;
|
||||
unsigned int reserved:6;
|
||||
char *pic;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Field Types:
|
||||
|
||||
'8': DISPLAY : 88 field
|
||||
'9': DISPLAY : numeric display
|
||||
'A': ALPHA : alpha
|
||||
'B': BININT : binary (computational, computational-5)
|
||||
'C': PACKED : packed-decimal (computational-3)
|
||||
'D': ACCEPT_DISPLAY : screen data display (screen section only)
|
||||
'E': EDITED : edited
|
||||
'F': : file entity
|
||||
'G': GROUP : group
|
||||
'I': : ??? Index variable ???
|
||||
'J': : global variable
|
||||
'K': : external variable
|
||||
'L': ???
|
||||
'O': ???
|
||||
'P': : paragraph
|
||||
'Q': : report item
|
||||
'R': ???
|
||||
'S': : section
|
||||
'T': ???
|
||||
'U': FLOAT : float (computational-1/2 - 4/8 bytes)
|
||||
'V': : ??? decimal point in picture clause ???
|
||||
'W': : report descriptor
|
||||
'X': ALPHANUMERIC : alphanumeric
|
||||
'Z': : ??? suppress zero in picture clause ???
|
||||
|
||||
This is a static structure (seen by the library code), and should not be
|
||||
changed in any way by library code. Its components are the description of our
|
||||
variable pointed to by the second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
"len" is the length of the field in bytes.
|
||||
"type" is the field type (see the 'Field Types' table above).
|
||||
"decimals" is, for numeric fields, how many decimals positions there are after
|
||||
the "V" assumed decimal point, if positive. Otherwise, how many "P"s to the
|
||||
left there are for negative values. In other words, the scaling of the
|
||||
numeric variable.
|
||||
"all" is a flag that indicates if the 'ALL' flags was defined (for literals).
|
||||
If this is the case, the variable should be continued as required by a move
|
||||
operation (wrap-around at the end).
|
||||
"just_r" is a flag that indicates if the field has been declared JUST RIGHT.
|
||||
|
||||
Why not simply put the pointer to the variable's buffer in its descriptor?
|
||||
This wouldn't work, because variables may be passed to sub-programs (calling
|
||||
another COBOL program) and its storage is defined as a stack frame, so it's
|
||||
very volatile when externally linked.
|
||||
|
||||
Compressed fields and signs are stored like IBM does in its compilers, with
|
||||
the sign at the rightmost half-byte, and all digits bcd-coded.
|
||||
|
||||
Files are different things, because they need different information. Please
|
||||
look at the "struct file_desc" (htcoblib.h) to see its components.
|
||||
|
||||
-- to be better described later --
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Memory allocation
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are several xxxx_offset integer variables that track the positions of
|
||||
code in several data segments, and also at the stack. The table below show the
|
||||
usage of them:
|
||||
|
||||
offset track var | storage kind or segment
|
||||
-------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||||
stack_offset | automatic, or local data.
|
||||
literal_offset | persistent (constant) data.
|
||||
| used for descriptors (fld_desc),
|
||||
| literals, and compressed pictures.
|
||||
using_offset | for cobol subroutine received parameters
|
||||
| (procedure division using ...)
|
||||
linkage_offset | for linkage section variables (*)
|
||||
global_offset | this is mostly historical, holding variables
|
||||
| with common storage for several program
|
||||
| modules (shared). Now it is being used for
|
||||
| collecting all file descriptors (**)
|
||||
file_offset | (??) there seems to be of no use (***)
|
||||
|
||||
(*) linkage section variables does not have local storage. Instead they access
|
||||
variables arriving from the calling program, as pointers to the actual data
|
||||
storage and descriptor.
|
||||
(**) This area can be used to allocate static variable storage, saved
|
||||
between calls of a subprogram.
|
||||
(***) It doesn't exist in the original compiler and I don't remeber why I (who
|
||||
defined it?) created it. Anyway, it is doing nothing, because it is storing a
|
||||
value at an aliased variable that is being overwritten :->
|
||||
|
||||
When the parser finishes parsing the data division and just before reading the
|
||||
procedure division, the stack_offset was updated with all automatic storage
|
||||
variables already in place and it reserves space in the stack for them,
|
||||
generating the following code (function proc_header):
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(o_src,"\tpushl\t%%ebp\n\tmovl\t%%esp, %%ebp\n");
|
||||
fprintf(o_src,"\tsubl\t$%u, %%esp\n",stack_offset);
|
||||
fprintf(o_src,"\tmovl\t%%ebx, -%u(%%ebp)\n",stack_offset - 16);
|
||||
|
||||
(this last line just saves %ebx, in case we need to use that register,
|
||||
in particular when accessing subscripted variables)
|
||||
Register usage is the same as in a C program, where %ebp holds our
|
||||
stack frame.
|
||||
|
||||
To know which kind of structure a symbol is, we look at
|
||||
(struct sym *)sy->litflag, as reported above (section "symbol table
|
||||
organization"). The structures sym, lit, and vref are as a kind of union
|
||||
of three different things, selected by litflag's value. Just by using a
|
||||
cast we convert from one form to the other, as in the following fragment of
|
||||
code:
|
||||
|
||||
void gen_loadloc( struct sym *sy ) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
if (sy->litflag == 2) {
|
||||
gen_subscripted( (struct vref *)sy );
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
this code says, if the symbol is actually a vref (subscript expression
|
||||
reference), cast it as a (struct vref *) and proceed with the required code
|
||||
generation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Notes on interfacing with the library functions
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Let us see a code for a typical function generation:
|
||||
|
||||
At the parser, we detect the ADD COBOL verb and it's arguments
|
||||
|
||||
statement:
|
||||
...
|
||||
| ADD { }
|
||||
gname req_to { $<ival>$=ADD; }
|
||||
var_list
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Here "gname" is a non-terminal describing any variable name or literal, or some
|
||||
figurative constants; "req_to" is a non-terminal that ensures a TO was
|
||||
detected (it's not simply TO, because of the minor codes I've told about when
|
||||
explaining the scanner); the action { $<ival>$=ADD } makes the stacked value of
|
||||
this action equals to the token code ADD, so we can share several statements
|
||||
with the same productions in "var_list"; finally "var_list" is _the_ code
|
||||
generating production. Let's see how it works:
|
||||
|
||||
var_list:
|
||||
var_list opt_sep gname
|
||||
...
|
||||
else if ($<ival>0 == ADD)
|
||||
gen_add($<sval>-2,$<sval>3);
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
It's a recursive declaration that generates and ADD instruction for each
|
||||
variable detected at the list. For instance, suppose we are parsing:
|
||||
|
||||
ADD 1 TO VAR-1 VAR-2 VAR-3
|
||||
|
||||
this will generate the same code as if we have done instead:
|
||||
|
||||
ADD 1 TO VAR-1
|
||||
ADD 1 TO VAR-2
|
||||
ADD 1 TO VAR-3
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, this could be much optimized , but let's keep things simple
|
||||
for now.
|
||||
The test (if condition) of ($<ival>0 == ADD) will tell us if this is really
|
||||
the ADD statement (not MOVE, nor SUBTRACT, ...), because it looks one token
|
||||
before reaching the present yacc stack position. This is called an "inherited
|
||||
attribute" in compiler theory notation. We are really looking at that action
|
||||
value we talked above. The need of typing the value with $<ival>$ is because
|
||||
an action cannot be named as we do with other non-terminals (it's typeless),
|
||||
but share the same stack space as all other terminals and non-terminals, as
|
||||
defined by the %union yacc statement. Please look at a good compiler book to
|
||||
understand better that, or I have no way to help you.
|
||||
|
||||
Now we need to use another inherited attribute to access our left-hand variable
|
||||
(before the action and before the "req_to" at the ADD production), counting
|
||||
back we get it's value -2 stack positions far away, that's why the first
|
||||
argument for gen_add() will be $<sval>-2. The other argument is the right-hand
|
||||
variable we are just parsing, or $3. Here there is no need to typify it,
|
||||
because it's a known non-terminal of the type "sval" (for "symbol value").
|
||||
BTW, the "ival" means "integer value". See the %union statements at the
|
||||
beginning of htcobol.y to get a full picture of this.
|
||||
|
||||
At the code generation side, we have the following code-generating function:
|
||||
|
||||
void gen_add( struct sym *s1, struct sym *s2 ) {
|
||||
gen_loadvar( s2 );
|
||||
gen_loadvar( s1 );
|
||||
asm_call("add");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
the function gen_loadvar() generate the code for pushing the "struct fld_desc
|
||||
*" and "char *" (the buffer) for the variable which was given (s2 or s1).
|
||||
Remember that in C calling conventions, the first variable seen must be at the
|
||||
top of stack, so we push it in reversed order. Each variable occupy 8 bytes of
|
||||
the stack as discussed before (2 pointers). The asm_call() function generate
|
||||
the code for calling the library function and take care of cleaning the stack.
|
||||
This auto-cleaning is only possible if you don't write code to push variables
|
||||
manually (like fprintf(o_src,"\tpushl\t%%eax\n") for pushing %eax register), as
|
||||
this keeps the counter with the wrong value. You shall use the function
|
||||
push_eax() instead. Please look for this section at htcoblib.c. (search
|
||||
push_eax and look around!)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
-- I'll write more later. Please be patient. ...or write it yourself! --
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some random notes
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
As we work within a very heterogeneous group, we have to ensure that the
|
||||
compiler is always usable (runnable). Otherwise, other developers working
|
||||
on another part of the compiler or run-time library, would not be able to
|
||||
check-in their implementations with the CVS server.
|
||||
|
||||
So if you want to do a large number of changes, that will make the compiler
|
||||
temporarily unusable, please create a new branch on your computer, and do your
|
||||
changes and tests there. But please, don't update the main development branch
|
||||
with unusable code. Read the CVS manual for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
Our first rule is: "the compiler must compile all times !"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Rildo Pragana
|
||||
|
||||
Modified by: David Essex
|
||||
Bernard Giroud
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
|
||||
80386 Dependent Features
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
* Menu:
|
||||
|
||||
* i386-Syntax:: AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
|
||||
* i386-Opcodes:: Opcode Naming
|
||||
* i386-Regs:: Register Naming
|
||||
* i386-prefixes:: Opcode Prefixes
|
||||
* i386-Memory:: Memory References
|
||||
* i386-jumps:: Handling of Jump Instructions
|
||||
* i386-Float:: Floating Point
|
||||
* i386-Notes:: Notes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
In order to maintain compatibility with the output of `gcc', `as'
|
||||
supports AT&T System V/386 assembler syntax. This is quite different
|
||||
from Intel syntax. We mention these differences because almost all
|
||||
80386 documents used only Intel syntax. Notable differences between
|
||||
the two syntaxes are:
|
||||
|
||||
* AT&T immediate operands are preceded by `$'; Intel immediate
|
||||
operands are undelimited (Intel `push 4' is AT&T `pushl $4').
|
||||
AT&T register operands are preceded by `%'; Intel register operands
|
||||
are undelimited. AT&T absolute (as opposed to PC relative)
|
||||
jump/call operands are prefixed by `*'; they are undelimited in
|
||||
Intel syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
* AT&T and Intel syntax use the opposite order for source and
|
||||
destination operands. Intel `add eax, 4' is `addl $4, %eax'. The
|
||||
`source, dest' convention is maintained for compatibility with
|
||||
previous Unix assemblers.
|
||||
|
||||
* In AT&T syntax the size of memory operands is determined from the
|
||||
last character of the opcode name. Opcode suffixes of `b', `w',
|
||||
and `l' specify byte (8-bit), word (16-bit), and long (32-bit)
|
||||
memory references. Intel syntax accomplishes this by prefixes
|
||||
memory operands (*not* the opcodes themselves) with `byte ptr',
|
||||
`word ptr', and `dword ptr'. Thus, Intel `mov al, byte ptr FOO'
|
||||
is `movb FOO, %al' in AT&T syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
* Immediate form long jumps and calls are `lcall/ljmp $SECTION,
|
||||
$OFFSET' in AT&T syntax; the Intel syntax is `call/jmp far
|
||||
SECTION:OFFSET'. Also, the far return instruction is `lret
|
||||
$STACK-ADJUST' in AT&T syntax; Intel syntax is `ret far
|
||||
STACK-ADJUST'.
|
||||
|
||||
* The AT&T assembler does not provide support for multiple section
|
||||
programs. Unix style systems expect all programs to be single
|
||||
sections.
|
||||
|
||||
Opcode Naming
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
Opcode names are suffixed with one character modifiers which specify
|
||||
the size of operands. The letters `b', `w', and `l' specify byte,
|
||||
word, and long operands. If no suffix is specified by an instruction
|
||||
and it contains no memory operands then `as' tries to fill in the
|
||||
missing suffix based on the destination register operand (the last one
|
||||
by convention). Thus, `mov %ax, %bx' is equivalent to `movw %ax, %bx';
|
||||
also, `mov $1, %bx' is equivalent to `movw $1, %bx'. Note that this is
|
||||
incompatible with the AT&T Unix assembler which assumes that a missing
|
||||
opcode suffix implies long operand size. (This incompatibility does
|
||||
not affect compiler output since compilers always explicitly specify
|
||||
the opcode suffix.)
|
||||
|
||||
Almost all opcodes have the same names in AT&T and Intel format.
|
||||
There are a few exceptions. The sign extend and zero extend
|
||||
instructions need two sizes to specify them. They need a size to
|
||||
sign/zero extend *from* and a size to zero extend *to*. This is
|
||||
accomplished by using two opcode suffixes in AT&T syntax. Base names
|
||||
for sign extend and zero extend are `movs...' and `movz...' in AT&T
|
||||
syntax (`movsx' and `movzx' in Intel syntax). The opcode suffixes are
|
||||
tacked on to this base name, the *from* suffix before the *to* suffix.
|
||||
Thus, `movsbl %al, %edx' is AT&T syntax for "move sign extend *from*
|
||||
%al *to* %edx." Possible suffixes, thus, are `bl' (from byte to long),
|
||||
`bw' (from byte to word), and `wl' (from word to long).
|
||||
|
||||
The Intel-syntax conversion instructions
|
||||
|
||||
* `cbw' -- sign-extend byte in `%al' to word in `%ax',
|
||||
|
||||
* `cwde' -- sign-extend word in `%ax' to long in `%eax',
|
||||
|
||||
* `cwd' -- sign-extend word in `%ax' to long in `%dx:%ax',
|
||||
|
||||
* `cdq' -- sign-extend dword in `%eax' to quad in `%edx:%eax',
|
||||
|
||||
are called `cbtw', `cwtl', `cwtd', and `cltd' in AT&T naming. `as'
|
||||
accepts either naming for these instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
Far call/jump instructions are `lcall' and `ljmp' in AT&T syntax,
|
||||
but are `call far' and `jump far' in Intel convention.
|
||||
|
||||
Register Naming
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
Register operands are always prefixes with `%'. The 80386 registers
|
||||
consist of
|
||||
|
||||
* the 8 32-bit registers `%eax' (the accumulator), `%ebx', `%ecx',
|
||||
`%edx', `%edi', `%esi', `%ebp' (the frame pointer), and `%esp'
|
||||
(the stack pointer).
|
||||
|
||||
* the 8 16-bit low-ends of these: `%ax', `%bx', `%cx', `%dx', `%di',
|
||||
`%si', `%bp', and `%sp'.
|
||||
|
||||
* the 8 8-bit registers: `%ah', `%al', `%bh', `%bl', `%ch', `%cl',
|
||||
`%dh', and `%dl' (These are the high-bytes and low-bytes of `%ax',
|
||||
`%bx', `%cx', and `%dx')
|
||||
|
||||
* the 6 section registers `%cs' (code section), `%ds' (data
|
||||
section), `%ss' (stack section), `%es', `%fs', and `%gs'.
|
||||
|
||||
* the 3 processor control registers `%cr0', `%cr2', and `%cr3'.
|
||||
|
||||
* the 6 debug registers `%db0', `%db1', `%db2', `%db3', `%db6', and
|
||||
`%db7'.
|
||||
|
||||
* the 2 test registers `%tr6' and `%tr7'.
|
||||
|
||||
* the 8 floating point register stack `%st' or equivalently
|
||||
`%st(0)', `%st(1)', `%st(2)', `%st(3)', `%st(4)', `%st(5)',
|
||||
`%st(6)', and `%st(7)'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Opcode Prefixes
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
Opcode prefixes are used to modify the following opcode. They are
|
||||
used to repeat string instructions, to provide section overrides, to
|
||||
perform bus lock operations, and to give operand and address size
|
||||
(16-bit operands are specified in an instruction by prefixing what would
|
||||
normally be 32-bit operands with a "operand size" opcode prefix).
|
||||
Opcode prefixes are usually given as single-line instructions with no
|
||||
operands, and must directly precede the instruction they act upon. For
|
||||
example, the `scas' (scan string) instruction is repeated with:
|
||||
repne
|
||||
scas
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a list of opcode prefixes:
|
||||
|
||||
* Section override prefixes `cs', `ds', `ss', `es', `fs', `gs'.
|
||||
These are automatically added by specifying using the
|
||||
SECTION:MEMORY-OPERAND form for memory references.
|
||||
|
||||
* Operand/Address size prefixes `data16' and `addr16' change 32-bit
|
||||
operands/addresses into 16-bit operands/addresses. Note that
|
||||
16-bit addressing modes (i.e. 8086 and 80286 addressing modes) are
|
||||
not supported (yet).
|
||||
|
||||
* The bus lock prefix `lock' inhibits interrupts during execution of
|
||||
the instruction it precedes. (This is only valid with certain
|
||||
instructions; see a 80386 manual for details).
|
||||
|
||||
* The wait for coprocessor prefix `wait' waits for the coprocessor
|
||||
to complete the current instruction. This should never be needed
|
||||
for the 80386/80387 combination.
|
||||
|
||||
* The `rep', `repe', and `repne' prefixes are added to string
|
||||
instructions to make them repeat `%ecx' times.
|
||||
|
||||
Memory References
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
An Intel syntax indirect memory reference of the form
|
||||
|
||||
SECTION:[BASE + INDEX*SCALE + DISP]
|
||||
|
||||
is translated into the AT&T syntax
|
||||
|
||||
SECTION:DISP(BASE, INDEX, SCALE)
|
||||
|
||||
where BASE and INDEX are the optional 32-bit base and index registers,
|
||||
DISP is the optional displacement, and SCALE, taking the values 1, 2,
|
||||
4, and 8, multiplies INDEX to calculate the address of the operand. If
|
||||
no SCALE is specified, SCALE is taken to be 1. SECTION specifies the
|
||||
optional section register for the memory operand, and may override the
|
||||
default section register (see a 80386 manual for section register
|
||||
defaults). Note that section overrides in AT&T syntax *must* have be
|
||||
preceded by a `%'. If you specify a section override which coincides
|
||||
with the default section register, `as' does *not* output any section
|
||||
register override prefixes to assemble the given instruction. Thus,
|
||||
section overrides can be specified to emphasize which section register
|
||||
is used for a given memory operand.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some examples of Intel and AT&T style memory references:
|
||||
|
||||
AT&T: `-4(%ebp)', Intel: `[ebp - 4]'
|
||||
BASE is `%ebp'; DISP is `-4'. SECTION is missing, and the default
|
||||
section is used (`%ss' for addressing with `%ebp' as the base
|
||||
register). INDEX, SCALE are both missing.
|
||||
|
||||
AT&T: `foo(,%eax,4)', Intel: `[foo + eax*4]'
|
||||
INDEX is `%eax' (scaled by a SCALE 4); DISP is `foo'. All other
|
||||
fields are missing. The section register here defaults to `%ds'.
|
||||
|
||||
AT&T: `foo(,1)'; Intel `[foo]'
|
||||
This uses the value pointed to by `foo' as a memory operand. Note
|
||||
that BASE and INDEX are both missing, but there is only *one* `,'.
|
||||
This is a syntactic exception.
|
||||
|
||||
AT&T: `%gs:foo'; Intel `gs:foo'
|
||||
This selects the contents of the variable `foo' with section
|
||||
register SECTION being `%gs'.
|
||||
|
||||
Absolute (as opposed to PC relative) call and jump operands must be
|
||||
prefixed with `*'. If no `*' is specified, `as' always chooses PC
|
||||
relative addressing for jump/call labels.
|
||||
|
||||
Any instruction that has a memory operand *must* specify its size
|
||||
(byte, word, or long) with an opcode suffix (`b', `w', or `l',
|
||||
respectively).
|
||||
|
||||
Handling of Jump Instructions
|
||||
-----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Jump instructions are always optimized to use the smallest possible
|
||||
displacements. This is accomplished by using byte (8-bit) displacement
|
||||
jumps whenever the target is sufficiently close. If a byte displacement
|
||||
is insufficient a long (32-bit) displacement is used. We do not support
|
||||
word (16-bit) displacement jumps (i.e. prefixing the jump instruction
|
||||
with the `addr16' opcode prefix), since the 80386 insists upon masking
|
||||
`%eip' to 16 bits after the word displacement is added.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the `jcxz', `jecxz', `loop', `loopz', `loope', `loopnz'
|
||||
and `loopne' instructions only come in byte displacements, so that if
|
||||
you use these instructions (`gcc' does not use them) you may get an
|
||||
error message (and incorrect code). The AT&T 80386 assembler tries to
|
||||
get around this problem by expanding `jcxz foo' to
|
||||
|
||||
jcxz cx_zero
|
||||
jmp cx_nonzero
|
||||
cx_zero: jmp foo
|
||||
cx_nonzero:
|
||||
|
||||
Floating Point
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
All 80387 floating point types except packed BCD are supported.
|
||||
(BCD support may be added without much difficulty). These data types
|
||||
are 16-, 32-, and 64- bit integers, and single (32-bit), double
|
||||
(64-bit), and extended (80-bit) precision floating point. Each
|
||||
supported type has an opcode suffix and a constructor associated with
|
||||
it. Opcode suffixes specify operand's data types. Constructors build
|
||||
these data types into memory.
|
||||
|
||||
* Floating point constructors are `.float' or `.single', `.double',
|
||||
and `.tfloat' for 32-, 64-, and 80-bit formats. These correspond
|
||||
to opcode suffixes `s', `l', and `t'. `t' stands for temporary
|
||||
real, and that the 80387 only supports this format via the `fldt'
|
||||
(load temporary real to stack top) and `fstpt' (store temporary
|
||||
real and pop stack) instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Integer constructors are `.word', `.long' or `.int', and `.quad'
|
||||
for the 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integer formats. The corresponding
|
||||
opcode suffixes are `s' (single), `l' (long), and `q' (quad). As
|
||||
with the temporary real format the 64-bit `q' format is only
|
||||
present in the `fildq' (load quad integer to stack top) and
|
||||
`fistpq' (store quad integer and pop stack) instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
Register to register operations do not require opcode suffixes, so
|
||||
that `fst %st, %st(1)' is equivalent to `fstl %st, %st(1)'.
|
||||
|
||||
Since the 80387 automatically synchronizes with the 80386 `fwait'
|
||||
instructions are almost never needed (this is not the case for the
|
||||
80286/80287 and 8086/8087 combinations). Therefore, `as' suppresses
|
||||
the `fwait' instruction whenever it is implicitly selected by one of
|
||||
the `fn...' instructions. For example, `fsave' and `fnsave' are
|
||||
treated identically. In general, all the `fn...' instructions are made
|
||||
equivalent to `f...' instructions. If `fwait' is desired it must be
|
||||
explicitly coded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
There is some trickery concerning the `mul' and `imul' instructions
|
||||
that deserves mention. The 16-, 32-, and 64-bit expanding multiplies
|
||||
(base opcode `0xf6'; extension 4 for `mul' and 5 for `imul') can be
|
||||
output only in the one operand form. Thus, `imul %ebx, %eax' does
|
||||
*not* select the expanding multiply; the expanding multiply would
|
||||
clobber the `%edx' register, and this would confuse `gcc' output. Use
|
||||
`imul %ebx' to get the 64-bit product in `%edx:%eax'.
|
||||
|
||||
We have added a two operand form of `imul' when the first operand is
|
||||
an immediate mode expression and the second operand is a register.
|
||||
This is just a shorthand, so that, multiplying `%eax' by 69, for
|
||||
example, can be done with `imul $69, %eax' rather than `imul $69, %eax,
|
||||
%eax'.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by configure.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile.in for the Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
#
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
exec_prefix=${prefix}
|
||||
|
||||
RM= rm -f
|
||||
CP= cp -f
|
||||
MKDIR=mkdir -p
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL=/usr/bin/install -c
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA=${INSTALL} -m 644
|
||||
|
||||
#INSTMAN1=${prefix}/share/man/man1
|
||||
INSTMAN1=${prefix}/man/man1
|
||||
|
||||
MANFILE1=htcobol_en.man
|
||||
MANFILE2=htcobf2f_en.man
|
||||
|
||||
FILE1=htcobol.1
|
||||
FILE2=htcobf2f.1
|
||||
|
||||
FILES=$(FILE1) $(FILE2)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
all: manfiles
|
||||
|
||||
devel: all
|
||||
|
||||
manfiles:
|
||||
@$(CP) $(MANFILE1) $(FILE1)
|
||||
@$(CP) $(MANFILE2) $(FILE2)
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
@$(RM) $(FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
install: manfiles
|
||||
$(MKDIR) $(INSTMAN1)
|
||||
${INSTALL_DATA} $(FILE1) $(INSTMAN1)/$(FILE1)
|
||||
${INSTALL_DATA} $(FILE2) $(INSTMAN1)/$(FILE2)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makefile.in for the Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
#
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
prefix=@prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
|
||||
|
||||
RM= rm -f
|
||||
CP= cp -f
|
||||
MKDIR=mkdir -p
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL=@INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA=@INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
|
||||
#INSTMAN1=${prefix}/share/man/man1
|
||||
INSTMAN1=${prefix}/man/man1
|
||||
|
||||
MANFILE1=htcobol_@tcob_lang@.man
|
||||
MANFILE2=htcobf2f_@tcob_lang@.man
|
||||
|
||||
FILE1=htcobol.1
|
||||
FILE2=htcobf2f.1
|
||||
|
||||
FILES=$(FILE1) $(FILE2)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
all: manfiles
|
||||
|
||||
devel: all
|
||||
|
||||
manfiles:
|
||||
@$(CP) $(MANFILE1) $(FILE1)
|
||||
@$(CP) $(MANFILE2) $(FILE2)
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
@$(RM) $(FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
install: manfiles
|
||||
$(MKDIR) $(INSTMAN1)
|
||||
${INSTALL_DATA} $(FILE1) $(INSTMAN1)/$(FILE1)
|
||||
${INSTALL_DATA} $(FILE2) $(INSTMAN1)/$(FILE2)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
Internal main routine names.
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
In an attempt to generate GCC similar code, the main program will generate
|
||||
the following header;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.globl main
|
||||
.type main,@function
|
||||
main:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sub-programs will generate the following header;
|
||||
|
||||
.global _TEST02
|
||||
.type _TEST02,@function
|
||||
_TEST02:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
Variable structure and pictures
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Let us examine an example of a compiled variable to see how it is represented
|
||||
internally. Consider the following declaration in COBOL source:
|
||||
|
||||
01 TEST1 PIC Z.Z(3).ZZ9,9(2).
|
||||
|
||||
It generates the assembly code similar to:
|
||||
|
||||
# Field: TEST1, Mem loc: $w_base0+59, Desc: c_base0+298
|
||||
.long 12
|
||||
.byte 'E',0,0,0
|
||||
.long c_base0+310 # c_base0+136(hex)
|
||||
.byte 'Z',1
|
||||
.byte '.',1
|
||||
.byte 'Z',3
|
||||
.byte '.',1
|
||||
.byte 'Z',2
|
||||
.byte '9',1
|
||||
.byte ',',1
|
||||
.byte '9',2
|
||||
.byte 0
|
||||
|
||||
The first line is clearly just a comment with 2 properties: 'Mem loc' is the
|
||||
location where this variable's space is allocated, and 'Desc' is the address
|
||||
of the variable's descriptor.
|
||||
|
||||
The variable descriptor has the corresponding C struct:
|
||||
|
||||
struct fld_desc {
|
||||
unsigned long int len;
|
||||
char type;
|
||||
unsigned char decimals;
|
||||
char pscale;
|
||||
unsigned int all:1;
|
||||
unsigned int just_r:1;
|
||||
unsigned int separate_sign:1;
|
||||
unsigned int leading_sign:1;
|
||||
unsigned int blank:1;
|
||||
unsigned int reserved:3;
|
||||
char *pic;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Where "len" is the full storage size for this variable in bytes,
|
||||
"type" describes what kind of variable it is (see table below),
|
||||
"decimals", where appropriate, tells how many digits exists
|
||||
after the decimal point,
|
||||
"pscale", where appropriate, tells how many digits before or
|
||||
after the decimal point are 'P' (placeholders),
|
||||
"all" if ALL,
|
||||
"just_r" if JUSTIFIED RIGHT,
|
||||
"separate_sign" if SIGN IS ... SEPARATE,
|
||||
"leading_sign" if SIGN IS LEADING,
|
||||
"blank" if BLANK WHEN ZERO,
|
||||
"pic" is a pointer to its (compressed format) picture.
|
||||
|
||||
The compressed format of a picture is just a string of pairs of characters
|
||||
and 8-bit unsigned counts like this:
|
||||
|
||||
<picchar1> <count1> <picchar2> <count2> ...
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the implementation is subject to change and the interface, as
|
||||
described in the library file pictures.c, should be used as opposed to
|
||||
accessing and manipulating compressed picture strings directly.
|
||||
|
||||
Also found in pictures.c, there is a routine (tcob_picExpand) to expand this
|
||||
picture at runtime and return a char string. For the sample field above:
|
||||
|
||||
Z.ZZZ.ZZ9,99
|
||||
|
||||
You can test this by recompiling the library with -DPICTURE_TESTING and
|
||||
compiling and linking test07.cob. It will print the string, instead of
|
||||
returning it. When this functions is utilized, the string must be free'd
|
||||
after use to prevent a memory leak.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Table:
|
||||
Picture characters and fld_desc->type
|
||||
-------------------------------------
|
||||
pic description type
|
||||
-------------------------------------
|
||||
9 numeric 9
|
||||
V implied decimal point 9
|
||||
S sign 9
|
||||
P placeholder (scaling) 9
|
||||
A alphabetic A
|
||||
X alphanumeric X
|
||||
Z \
|
||||
0 |
|
||||
B |
|
||||
/ |
|
||||
. |
|
||||
, | editted E
|
||||
+ |
|
||||
- |
|
||||
* |
|
||||
$ /
|
||||
-------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Rildo Pragana
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
Notes on the Compiler Design of Tiny Cobol
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are some changes that could make the compiler much simpler. Here is
|
||||
a sketch of what I think:
|
||||
|
||||
* Make the scanner with 4 main states, each corresponding to a COBOL division.
|
||||
Of course, some of these states could have some sub-states (for example, during
|
||||
a PIC processing). Much of the identification division are just comments and
|
||||
can be deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
* During the data division we collect and define all variables, including their
|
||||
full hierarchy, so we can return a single token for each "VAR IN/OF PARENTVAR"
|
||||
found in the next (procedure) division.
|
||||
|
||||
* During the procedure division all undefined symbols could be just labels or
|
||||
literals and are returned as such by the scanner. As all labels could be
|
||||
identified at the scanner too, because they should be followed by a period, it
|
||||
can fully qualify the kind of symbol found (LITERAL, LABEL or VARIABLE).
|
||||
The tokenizing of "VAR IN PARENTVAR IN ... IN GRANDPARENTVAR"
|
||||
is also done at the scanner.
|
||||
This will relief much of the complexity of the parser.
|
||||
|
||||
Rildo Pragana
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
TinyCOBOL for Debian
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs about the package to <pegueroles@airtel.net> or <tiny-cobol-users@lists.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
|
||||
-- Ferran Pegueroles Forcadell <pegueroles@airtel.net>, Sat, 5 May 2001 20:25:37 +0200
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
tinycobol (0.54-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New Release.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Ferran Pegueroles Forcadell <pegueroles@airtel.net>
|
||||
|
||||
tinycobol (0.53-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New Release.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Ferran Pegueroles Forcadell <pegueroles@airtel.net>
|
||||
|
||||
tinycobol (0.52-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* Initial Release.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Ferran Pegueroles Forcadell <pegueroles@airtel.net> Sat, 5 May 2001 20:25:37 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
Local variables:
|
||||
mode: debian-changelog
|
||||
End:
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
Source: tinycobol
|
||||
Section: devel
|
||||
Priority: optional
|
||||
Maintainer: Ferran Pegueroles Forcadell <pegueroles@airtel.net>
|
||||
Standards-Version: 3.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
Package: tinycobol
|
||||
Architecture: any
|
||||
Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, binutils , gcc , bin86
|
||||
Recomends: libdb2 , libncurses5
|
||||
Description: A GNU cobol compiler
|
||||
TinyCOBOL is an effort to bring a free COBOL compiler to Linux. It
|
||||
generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (i386) Linux, FreeBSD, Win32 platforms.
|
||||
A executable binary is then created using the GNU assembler and linker.
|
||||
The project is approaching the first beta release with many statements
|
||||
already implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
This package was debianized by Ferran Pegueroles <pegueroles@airtel.net> on
|
||||
Sat, 5 May 2001 20:25:37 +0200.
|
||||
|
||||
It was downloaded from http://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/snapshot/
|
||||
|
||||
These files are part of the Tiny COBOL compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001 Rildo Pragana, Alan Cox, Andrew Cameron,
|
||||
David Essex, Glen Colbert, Jim Noeth.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000 Rildo Pragana, Alan Cox, Andrew Cameron,
|
||||
David Essex, Glen Colbert, Jim Noeth.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999 Rildo Pragana, Alan Cox, Andrew Cameron, David Essex.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Rildo Pragana.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Tiny COBOL compiler is licensed under the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL file
|
||||
|
||||
The Tiny COBOL compiler run time library is licensed under the GNU Library
|
||||
General Public License.
|
||||
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/LGPL file
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Regular cron jobs for the tinycobol package
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 4 * * * root tinycobol_maintenance
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
usr/bin
|
||||
usr/lib
|
||||
usr/share/htcobol
|
||||
usr/share/doc/tinycobol
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
ChangeLog
|
||||
ANNOUNCE
|
||||
AUTHORS
|
||||
BUGS
|
||||
CHANGES
|
||||
HISTORY
|
||||
INSTALL
|
||||
INSTALL.Win32
|
||||
INSTALL.bin
|
||||
README
|
||||
STATUS
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh -e
|
||||
# /usr/lib/emacsen-common/packages/install/tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
# Written by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>, borrowing heavily
|
||||
# from the install scripts for gettext by Santiago Vila
|
||||
# <sanvila@ctv.es> and octave by Dirk Eddelbuettel <edd@debian.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
FLAVOR=$1
|
||||
PACKAGE=tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ${FLAVOR} = emacs ]; then exit 0; fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo install/${PACKAGE}: Handling install for emacsen flavor ${FLAVOR}
|
||||
|
||||
#FLAVORTEST=`echo $FLAVOR | cut -c-6`
|
||||
#if [ ${FLAVORTEST} = xemacs ] ; then
|
||||
# SITEFLAG="-no-site-file"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# SITEFLAG="--no-site-file"
|
||||
#fi
|
||||
FLAGS="${SITEFLAG} -q -batch -l path.el -f batch-byte-compile"
|
||||
|
||||
ELDIR=/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
|
||||
ELCDIR=/usr/share/${FLAVOR}/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
|
||||
|
||||
# Install-info-altdir does not actually exist.
|
||||
# Maybe somebody will write it.
|
||||
if test -x /usr/sbin/install-info-altdir; then
|
||||
echo install/${PACKAGE}: install Info links for ${FLAVOR}
|
||||
install-info-altdir --quiet --section "" "" --dirname=${FLAVOR} /usr/info/${PACKAGE}.info.gz
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
install -m 755 -d ${ELCDIR}
|
||||
cd ${ELDIR}
|
||||
FILES=`echo *.el`
|
||||
cp ${FILES} ${ELCDIR}
|
||||
cd ${ELCDIR}
|
||||
|
||||
cat << EOF > path.el
|
||||
(setq load-path (cons "." load-path) byte-compile-warnings nil)
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
${FLAVOR} ${FLAGS} ${FILES}
|
||||
rm -f *.el path.el
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh -e
|
||||
# /usr/lib/emacsen-common/packages/remove/tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
FLAVOR=$1
|
||||
PACKAGE=tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ${FLAVOR} != emacs ]; then
|
||||
if test -x /usr/sbin/install-info-altdir; then
|
||||
echo remove/${PACKAGE}: removing Info links for ${FLAVOR}
|
||||
install-info-altdir --quiet --remove --dirname=${FLAVOR} /usr/info/tinycobol.info.gz
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo remove/${PACKAGE}: purging byte-compiled files for ${FLAVOR}
|
||||
rm -rf /usr/share/${FLAVOR}/site-lisp/${PACKAGE}
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
;; -*-emacs-lisp-*-
|
||||
;;
|
||||
;; Emacs startup file for the Debian GNU/Linux tinycobol package
|
||||
;;
|
||||
;; Originally contributed by Nils Naumann <naumann@unileoben.ac.at>
|
||||
;; Modified by Dirk Eddelbuettel <edd@debian.org>
|
||||
;; Adapted for dh-make by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
|
||||
|
||||
;; The tinycobol package follows the Debian/GNU Linux 'emacsen' policy and
|
||||
;; byte-compiles its elisp files for each 'emacs flavor' (emacs19,
|
||||
;; xemacs19, emacs20, xemacs20...). The compiled code is then
|
||||
;; installed in a subdirectory of the respective site-lisp directory.
|
||||
;; We have to add this to the load-path:
|
||||
(setq load-path (nconc load-path (list (concat "/usr/share/"
|
||||
(symbol-name flavor)
|
||||
"/site-lisp/tinycobol"))))
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
Document: tinycobol
|
||||
Title: Debian tinycobol Manual
|
||||
Author: <insert document author here>
|
||||
Abstract: This manual describes what tinycobol is
|
||||
and how it can be used to
|
||||
manage online manuals on Debian systems.
|
||||
Section: unknown
|
||||
|
||||
Format: debiandoc-sgml
|
||||
Files: /usr/doc/tinycobol/tinycobol.sgml.gz
|
||||
|
||||
Format: postscript
|
||||
Files: /usr/doc/tinycobol/tinycobol.ps.gz
|
||||
|
||||
Format: text
|
||||
Files: /usr/doc/tinycobol/tinycobol.text.gz
|
||||
|
||||
Format: HTML
|
||||
Index: /usr/doc/tinycobol/html/index.html
|
||||
Files: /usr/doc/tinycobol/html/*.html
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
# skeleton example file to build /etc/init.d/ scripts.
|
||||
# This file should be used to construct scripts for /etc/init.d.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Written by Miquel van Smoorenburg <miquels@cistron.nl>.
|
||||
# Modified for Debian GNU/Linux
|
||||
# by Ian Murdock <imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Version: @(#)skeleton 1.8 03-Mar-1998 miquels@cistron.nl
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was automatically customized by dh-make on Sat, 5 May 2001 20:25:37 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
|
||||
DAEMON=/usr/sbin/tinycobol
|
||||
NAME=tinycobol
|
||||
DESC=tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
test -f $DAEMON || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
start)
|
||||
echo -n "Starting $DESC: "
|
||||
start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid \
|
||||
--exec $DAEMON
|
||||
echo "$NAME."
|
||||
;;
|
||||
stop)
|
||||
echo -n "Stopping $DESC: "
|
||||
start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid \
|
||||
--exec $DAEMON
|
||||
echo "$NAME."
|
||||
;;
|
||||
#reload)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the daemon can reload its config files on the fly
|
||||
# for example by sending it SIGHUP, do it here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the daemon responds to changes in its config file
|
||||
# directly anyway, make this a do-nothing entry.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files."
|
||||
# start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile \
|
||||
# /var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
|
||||
#;;
|
||||
restart|force-reload)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload"
|
||||
# option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is
|
||||
# just the same as "restart".
|
||||
#
|
||||
echo -n "Restarting $DESC: "
|
||||
start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet --pidfile \
|
||||
/var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile \
|
||||
/var/run/$NAME.pid --exec $DAEMON
|
||||
echo "$NAME."
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
N=/etc/init.d/$NAME
|
||||
# echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2
|
||||
echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|force-reload}" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
|
||||
.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
|
||||
.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
|
||||
.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
|
||||
.TH TINYCOBOL SECTION "maig 5, 2001"
|
||||
.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
|
||||
.\" .nh disable hyphenation
|
||||
.\" .hy enable hyphenation
|
||||
.\" .ad l left justify
|
||||
.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins
|
||||
.\" .nf disable filling
|
||||
.\" .fi enable filling
|
||||
.\" .br insert line break
|
||||
.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines
|
||||
.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
tinycobol \- program to do something
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B tinycobol
|
||||
.RI [ options ] " files" ...
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.B bar
|
||||
.RI [ options ] " files" ...
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
This manual page documents briefly the
|
||||
.B tinycobol
|
||||
and
|
||||
.B bar
|
||||
commands.
|
||||
This manual page was written for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution
|
||||
because the original program does not have a manual page.
|
||||
Instead, it has documentation in the GNU Info format; see below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.\" TeX users may be more comfortable with the \fB<whatever>\fP and
|
||||
.\" \fI<whatever>\fP escape sequences to invode bold face and italics,
|
||||
.\" respectively.
|
||||
\fBtinycobol\fP is a program that...
|
||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||
These programs follow the usual GNU command line syntax, with long
|
||||
options starting with two dashes (`-').
|
||||
A summary of options is included below.
|
||||
For a complete description, see the Info files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B \-h, \-\-help
|
||||
Show summary of options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B \-v, \-\-version
|
||||
Show version of program.
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
.BR bar (1),
|
||||
.BR baz (1).
|
||||
.br
|
||||
The programs are documented fully by
|
||||
.IR "The Rise and Fall of a Fooish Bar" ,
|
||||
available via the Info system.
|
||||
.SH AUTHOR
|
||||
This manual page was written by Debian User <pegueroles@airtel.net>,
|
||||
for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
?package(tinycobol):needs=X11|text|vc|wm section=Apps/see-menu-manual\
|
||||
title="tinycobol" command="/usr/bin/tinycobol"
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# postinst script for tinycobol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# summary of how this script can be called:
|
||||
# * <postinst> `configure' <most-recently-configured-version>
|
||||
# * <old-postinst> `abort-upgrade' <new version>
|
||||
# * <conflictor's-postinst> `abort-remove' `in-favour' <package>
|
||||
# <new-version>
|
||||
# * <deconfigured's-postinst> `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour'
|
||||
# <failed-install-package> <version> `removing'
|
||||
# <conflicting-package> <version>
|
||||
# for details, see /usr/doc/packaging-manual/
|
||||
#
|
||||
# quoting from the policy:
|
||||
# Any necessary prompting should almost always be confined to the
|
||||
# post-installation script, and should be protected with a conditional
|
||||
# so that unnecessary prompting doesn't happen if a package's
|
||||
# installation fails and the `postinst' is called with `abort-upgrade',
|
||||
# `abort-remove' or `abort-deconfigure'.
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
configure)
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
|
||||
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# postrm script for tinycobol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# summary of how this script can be called:
|
||||
# * <postrm> `remove'
|
||||
# * <postrm> `purge'
|
||||
# * <old-postrm> `upgrade' <new-version>
|
||||
# * <new-postrm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <new-postrm> `abort-install'
|
||||
# * <new-postrm> `abort-install' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <new-postrm> `abort-upgrade' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <disappearer's-postrm> `disappear' <r>overwrit>r> <new-version>
|
||||
# for details, see /usr/doc/packaging-manual/
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
purge|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear)
|
||||
|
||||
# update the menu system
|
||||
# if [ -x /usr/bin/update-menus ]; then update-menus; fi
|
||||
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
|
||||
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# preinst script for tinycobol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# summary of how this script can be called:
|
||||
# * <new-preinst> `install'
|
||||
# * <new-preinst> `install' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <new-preinst> `upgrade' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <old-preinst> `abort-upgrade' <new-version>
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
install|upgrade)
|
||||
# if [ "$1" = "upgrade" ]
|
||||
# then
|
||||
# start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet --oknodo \
|
||||
# --pidfile /var/run/tinycobol.pid \
|
||||
# --exec /usr/sbin/tinycobol 2>/dev/null || true
|
||||
# fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
abort-upgrade)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "preinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
|
||||
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# prerm script for tinycobol
|
||||
#
|
||||
# see: dh_installdeb(1)
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# summary of how this script can be called:
|
||||
# * <prerm> `remove'
|
||||
# * <old-prerm> `upgrade' <new-version>
|
||||
# * <new-prerm> `failed-upgrade' <old-version>
|
||||
# * <conflictor's-prerm> `remove' `in-favour' <package> <new-version>
|
||||
# * <deconfigured's-prerm> `deconfigure' `in-favour'
|
||||
# <package-being-installed> <version> `removing'
|
||||
# <conflicting-package> <version>
|
||||
# for details, see /usr/doc/packaging-manual/
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
remove|upgrade|deconfigure)
|
||||
# install-info --quiet --remove /usr/info/tinycobol.info.gz
|
||||
;;
|
||||
failed-upgrade)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically
|
||||
# generated by other debhelper scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
#DEBHELPER#
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/make -f
|
||||
# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper.
|
||||
# GNU copyright 1997 to 1999 by Joey Hess.
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
|
||||
#export DH_VERBOSE=1
|
||||
|
||||
# This is the debhelper compatability version to use.
|
||||
export DH_COMPAT=1
|
||||
|
||||
build: build-stamp
|
||||
build-stamp:
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=\$${prefix}/share/man --infodir=\$${prefix}/share/info
|
||||
# Add here commands to compile the package.
|
||||
#$(MAKE)
|
||||
|
||||
touch build-stamp
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
rm -f build-stamp
|
||||
|
||||
# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
|
||||
-$(MAKE) distclean
|
||||
|
||||
dh_clean
|
||||
|
||||
install: build
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
dh_clean -k
|
||||
dh_installdirs
|
||||
|
||||
# Add here commands to install the package into debian/tmp.
|
||||
$(MAKE) install prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr
|
||||
cp test.code `pwd`/debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/tinycobol/ -r
|
||||
cp test_suite `pwd`/debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/tinycobol/ -r
|
||||
|
||||
# Build architecture-independent files here.
|
||||
binary-indep: build install
|
||||
# We have nothing to do by default.
|
||||
|
||||
# Build architecture-dependent files here.
|
||||
binary-arch: build install
|
||||
# dh_testversion
|
||||
dh_testdir
|
||||
dh_testroot
|
||||
# dh_installdebconf
|
||||
dh_installdocs
|
||||
dh_installexamples
|
||||
dh_installmenu
|
||||
# dh_installemacsen
|
||||
# dh_installpam
|
||||
# dh_installinit
|
||||
dh_installcron
|
||||
dh_installmanpages
|
||||
dh_installinfo
|
||||
# dh_undocumented
|
||||
dh_installchangelogs ChangeLog
|
||||
dh_link
|
||||
dh_strip
|
||||
dh_compress
|
||||
dh_fixperms
|
||||
# You may want to make some executables suid here.
|
||||
dh_suidregister
|
||||
# dh_makeshlibs
|
||||
dh_installdeb
|
||||
# dh_perl
|
||||
dh_shlibdeps
|
||||
dh_gencontrol
|
||||
dh_md5sums
|
||||
dh_builddeb
|
||||
|
||||
binary: binary-indep binary-arch
|
||||
.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
# Example watch control file for uscan
|
||||
# Rename this file to "watch" and then you can run the "uscan" command
|
||||
# to check for upstream updates and more.
|
||||
# Site Directory Pattern Version Script
|
||||
sunsite.unc.edu /pub/Linux/Incoming tinycobol-(.*)\.tar\.gz debian uupdate
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Utility program to convert COBOL sources between formats.
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I input filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I output filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Utility to convert from/to fixed COBOL source to/from free\-form COBOL formats.
|
||||
|
||||
The default input stream is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert tabs to white space. The
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) tabs conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Print version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Convert source to X/Open free format (Default)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Convert source to Standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Fixed format line multiplier. When converting to fixed
|
||||
format, number liner wit an increment of <num> .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <file>
|
||||
Input COBOL source file to convert (Default Standard Input).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Output COBOL source file (Default Standard Output).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Utility program to convert COBOL sources between formats.
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I input filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I output filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Utility to convert from/to fixed COBOL source to/from free\-form COBOL formats.
|
||||
|
||||
The default input stream is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert tabs to white space. The
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) tabs conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Print version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Convert source to X/Open free format (Default)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Convert source to Standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Fixed format line multiplier. When converting to fixed
|
||||
format, number liner wit an increment of <num> .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <file>
|
||||
Input COBOL source file to convert (Default Standard Input).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Output COBOL source file (Default Standard Output).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Utility program to convert COBOL sources between formats.
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I input filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I output filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Utility to convert from/to fixed COBOL source to/from free\-form COBOL formats.
|
||||
|
||||
The default input stream is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert tabs to white space. The
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) tabs conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Print version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Convert source to X/Open free format (Default)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Convert source to Standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Fixed format line multiplier. When converting to fixed
|
||||
format, number liner wit an increment of <num> .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <file>
|
||||
Input COBOL source file to convert (Default Standard Input).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Output COBOL source file (Default Standard Output).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Translated to spanish language by Juan J. Martínez.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "22 de Enero de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Utilidad para convertir fuentes de COBOL entre distintos formatos.
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opciones=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I nombre de fichero de entrada
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I nombre de fichero de salida
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPCIÓN"
|
||||
Es una utilidad para convertir entre fuentes de COBOL en formato fijo y
|
||||
fuentes de COBOL en formato libre (ambas direcciones).
|
||||
|
||||
El flujo de entrada por defecto es la entrada estándar.
|
||||
|
||||
El flujo de salida por defecto es la salida estándar.
|
||||
|
||||
Note que esta versión no convirte automáticamente los tabulados a espacios.
|
||||
La utilidad para convertir tabulados
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) está major preparada para realizar esa tarea.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPCIONES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Muestra información sobre la versión.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Convierte el fuente al formato libre X/Open (por defecto).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Convierte el fuente al formato estándar de columnas fijas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Multiplicador de linea para formato fijo. Cuando se convierte a formato
|
||||
fijo, la numeración de lineas se realiza con un incremento de <num>.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <file>
|
||||
El fichero fuente COBOL de entrada a convertir (por defecto la entrada estándar).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
El fichero fuente COBOL de salida (por defecto la salida estándar).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "CONSULTAR TAMBIÉN"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" French Translation by Bernard Giroud.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "10 juillet 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NOM"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Programme utilitaire pour convertir un source COBOL entre les deux
|
||||
formats habituels.
|
||||
.SH SYNTAXE
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I fichier en entrée
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I fichier en sortie
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Utilitaire pour convertir un source COBOL entre les formats fixe et libre.
|
||||
|
||||
Le flux d'entrée par défaut est le flux d'entrée standard.
|
||||
|
||||
Le flux de sortie par défaut est le flux de sortie standard.
|
||||
|
||||
Notez que cette version ne convertira pas automatiquement les tabulations en
|
||||
espaces. L'utilitaire de conversion de tabulations
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) est mieux adapté à cette tâche.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Affiche la version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Convertit le source vers le format libre X/Open (Défaut)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Convertit le source vers le format fixe standard
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <nombre>
|
||||
Multiplicateur de lignes pour format fixe. Lors d'une conversion vers le format
|
||||
fixe, les numéros de lignes seront incrémentés par <nombre> .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <fichier>
|
||||
Fichier source COBOL à convertir (Entrée standard par défaut).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <fichier>
|
||||
Fichier source COBOL converti (Sortie standard par défaut).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Italian Translation by Mario Lodi Rizzini.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "21 giugno 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH "NOME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Programma d'utilita` per convertire la formattazione di un sorgente COBOL
|
||||
.SH SINTASSI
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opzioni=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I nome file in ingresso
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I nome file in uscita
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIZIONE"
|
||||
Utility per convertire l'incolonnamento dei sorgenti COBOL da/a formattazione fissa (fixed form) a/da formattazione libera (free\-form).
|
||||
|
||||
L'ingresso di default e` lo standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
L'uscita di default e` lo standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Notare che questa versione non converte in modo automatico i 'tabs' in 'spazi'. Per questo scopo e` piu` indicato il programma
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPZIONI"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Visualizza la versione.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Converte il sorgente nel 'X/Open free format' (Default)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Converte il sorgente nella formattazione 'Standard fixed column'
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Moltiplicatore di linee per formatazione fissa. Quando si converte al formattazione fissa, il numero di linea viene incrementato di un valore pari a <num>.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <file>
|
||||
Nome file sorgente COBOL da convertire (Default Standard Input).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Nome file orgente COBOL da generare (Default Standard Output).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VEDI ANCHE"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "Traduzione"
|
||||
Eseguita da Mario Lodi Rizzini (mlodirizzini@libero.it).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobf2f (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBF2F</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Utility program to convert COBOL sources between formats.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f</B> [ <I>options=hVmxf</I> ] [ -i <I>input</I> <I>filename</I> ] [ -o <I>output</I> <I>filename</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
A utility to convert from/to fixed COBOL source to/from free-form COBOL formats.
|
||||
|
||||
The default input stream is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert tabs to white space.
|
||||
The <B>expand</B> (1) tabs conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Print version.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Convert source to free format (Default)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> Convert source to standard fixed column format
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B> <num> Fixed format line multiplier.
|
||||
When converting to fixed format, number line with an increment of <num>.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-i</B> <file> Input COBOL source file to convert.
|
||||
Default is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file> Output COBOL source file.
|
||||
Default is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobf2f (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBF2F</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Utility program to convert COBOL sources between formats.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f</B> [ <I>options=hVmxf</I> ] [ -i <I>input</I> <I>filename</I> ] [ -o <I>output</I> <I>filename</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
A utility to convert from/to fixed COBOL source to/from free-form COBOL formats.
|
||||
|
||||
The default input stream is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert tabs to white space.
|
||||
The <B>expand</B> (1) tabs conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Print version.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Convert source to free format (Default)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> Convert source to standard fixed column format
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B> <num> Fixed format line multiplier.
|
||||
When converting to fixed format, number line with an increment of <num>.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-i</B> <file> Input COBOL source file to convert.
|
||||
Default is standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file> Output COBOL source file.
|
||||
Default is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f</B> [ <I>opciones=hVmxf</I> ] [ -i <I>nombre</I> <I>de</I> <I>fichero</I> <I>de</I>
|
||||
<I>entrada</I> ] [ -o <I>nombre</I> <I>de</I> <I>fichero</I> <I>de</I> <I>salida</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPCIÓN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Es una utilidad para convertir entre fuentes de COBOL en
|
||||
formato fijo y fuentes de COBOL en formato libre (ambas
|
||||
direcciones).
|
||||
|
||||
El flujo de entrada por defecto es la entrada estándar.
|
||||
|
||||
El flujo de salida por defecto es la salida estándar.
|
||||
|
||||
Note que esta versión no convirte automáticamente los tab
|
||||
ulados a espacios. La utilidad para convertir tabulados
|
||||
<B>expand</B> (1) está major preparada para realizar esa tarea.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPCIONES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Muestra información sobre la versión.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Convierte el fuente al formato libre X/Open (por
|
||||
defecto).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> Convierte el fuente al formato estándar de columnas
|
||||
fijas.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B> <num>
|
||||
Multiplicador de linea para formato fijo. Cuando se
|
||||
convierte a formato fijo, la numeración de lineas
|
||||
se realiza con un incremento de <num>.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-i</B> <file>
|
||||
El fichero fuente COBOL de entrada a convertir (por
|
||||
defecto la entrada estándar).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file>
|
||||
El fichero fuente COBOL de salida (por defecto la
|
||||
salida estándar).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>CONSULTAR TAMBIÉN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
22 de Enero de 2002 <B>HTCOBF2F(1)</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
Content-type: text/html
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Manpage of HTCOBF2F</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY>
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBF2F</H1>
|
||||
Section: User Commands (1)<BR>Updated: 10 juillet 2002<BR><A HREF="#index">Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">Return to Main Contents</A><HR>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
htcobf2f - Programme utilitaire pour convertir un source COBOL entre les deux
|
||||
formats habituels.
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SYNTAXE</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>options=hVmxf</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
<I>fichier en entrée</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
<I>fichier en sortie</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Utilitaire pour convertir un source COBOL entre les formats fixe et libre.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Le flux d'entrée par défaut est le flux d'entrée standard.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Le flux de sortie par défaut est le flux de sortie standard.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notez que cette version ne convertira pas automatiquement les tabulations en
|
||||
espaces. L'utilitaire de conversion de tabulations
|
||||
<B>expand </B>
|
||||
|
||||
(1) est mieux adapté à cette tâche.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B><DD>
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Affiche la version.
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B><DD>
|
||||
Convertit le source vers le format libre X/Open (Défaut)
|
||||
<DT><B>-f</B><DD>
|
||||
Convertit le source vers le format fixe standard
|
||||
<DT><B>-m</B> <nombre> <DD>
|
||||
Multiplicateur de lignes pour format fixe. Lors d'une conversion vers le format
|
||||
fixe, les numéros de lignes seront incrémentés par <nombre> .
|
||||
<DT><B>-i</B> <fichier> <DD>
|
||||
Fichier source COBOL à convertir (Entrée standard par défaut).
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <fichier> <DD>
|
||||
Fichier source COBOL converti (Sortie standard par défaut).
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>VOIR AUSSI</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+htcobol">htcobol</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+expand">expand</A>(1)
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A NAME="index"> </A><H2>Index</H2>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAB">SYNTAXE</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAC">DESCRIPTION</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAD">OPTIONS</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAE">VOIR AUSSI</A><DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.<BR>
|
||||
Time: 09:46:58 GMT, August 11, 2002
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobf2f (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBF2F</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Programma d'utilità per convertire la formattazione di un sorgente COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SINTASSI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f</B> [ <I>opzioni=hVmxf</I> ] [ -i <I>nome_file_in_ingresso</I> ] [ -o <I>nome_file_in_uscita</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIZIONE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Utility per convertire l'incolonnamento dei sorgenti COBOL da/a formattazione fissa (fixed form)
|
||||
a/da formattazione libera (free\-form).
|
||||
|
||||
L'ingresso di default è lo standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
L'uscita di default è lo standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Notare che questa versione non converte in mado automatico i 'tabs' in 'spazi'.
|
||||
Per questo scopo è più indicato il programma <B>expand</B> (1).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPZIONI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Visualizza la versione.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Converte il sorgente nel 'X/Open free format' (Default)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> Converte il sorgente nella formatttazione 'Standard fixed column'
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B> <num> Moltiplicatore di linee per formatazione fissa.
|
||||
Quando si converte al formatazione fissa, il numero di linea viene incrementato di un valore pari a <num>.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-i</B> <file> Nome file sorgente COBOL da convertire
|
||||
Default è lo standard input.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file> Nome file sorgente COBOL da generare
|
||||
Default è lo standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>VEDI ANCHE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) original output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Traduzione eseguita da
|
||||
<a href="mailto:mlodirizzini@libero.it">Mario Lodi Rizzini</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobf2f (1)</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBF2F</H1>
|
||||
|
||||
htcobf2f - Programa utilitario para converter formatos entre fontes COBOL.
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobf2f </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>opcoes=hVmxf</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
<I>arquivo de entrada</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
<I>arquivo de saida</I>
|
||||
|
||||
] <BR><BR>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRICAO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Utilitario para converter formatos de/para fontes fixos COBOL para/de fontes
|
||||
livres COBOL.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A entrada corrente e a entrada padrao.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A saida corrente e a saida padrao.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Note que esta versao nao ira automaticamente converter tabulacoes para espacos
|
||||
em branco. O utilitiario de conversao de tabs
|
||||
<B>expand </B>
|
||||
|
||||
(1) e melhor apropriado para executar esta tarefa.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPCOES</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B><DD>
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
<DT><B>-a</B><DD>
|
||||
Cria biblioteca estatica; pre-processa, compila, assembla e arquiva.
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Exibir versao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B><DD>
|
||||
Converte fonte para formato livre X/Open (Default)
|
||||
<DT><B>-f</B><DD>
|
||||
Converte fonte para formato de coluna fixa padrao
|
||||
<DT><B>-m</B> <num> <DD>
|
||||
Multiplicador de linhas de formato fixo. Quando convertido
|
||||
para formato fixo, numerador de linhas com um incremento de <num>.
|
||||
<DT><B>-i</B> <arquivo> <DD>
|
||||
Arquivo fonte COBOL de entrada para converter (Entrada Padrao Default).
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <arquivo> <DD>
|
||||
Arquivo fonte COBOL de saida (Saida Padrao Default).
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A><BR>
|
||||
<H2>VEJA TAMBEM</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="htcobol_man.html">htcobol</A>(1), <B>expand</B>(1)
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<I>This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.</I><BR>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Translated to portuguese language by Hudson Reis.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBF2F 1 "22 de Janeiro de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NOME"
|
||||
htcobf2f \- Programa utilitario para converter formatos entre fontes COBOL.
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobf2f
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opcoes=hVmxf
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -i
|
||||
.I arquivo de entrada
|
||||
]
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I arquivo de saida
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRICAO"
|
||||
Utilitario para converter formatos de/para fontes fixos COBOL para/de fontes
|
||||
livres COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
A entrada corrente e a entrada padrao.
|
||||
|
||||
A saida corrente e a saida padrao.
|
||||
|
||||
Note que esta versao nao ira automaticamente converter tabulacoes para espacos
|
||||
em branco. O utilitiario de conversao de tabs
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1) e melhor apropriado para executar esta tarefa.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPCOES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Exibir versao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Converte fonte para formato livre X/Open (Default)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR
|
||||
Converte fonte para formato de coluna fixa padrao
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR <num>
|
||||
Multiplicador de linhas de formato fixo. Quando convertido
|
||||
para formato fixo, numerador de linhas com um incremento de <num>.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-i\fR <arquivo>
|
||||
Arquivo fonte COBOL de entrada para converter (Entrada Padrao Default).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <arquivo>
|
||||
Arquivo fonte COBOL de saida (Saida Padrao Default).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VEJA TAMBEM"
|
||||
htcobol(1), expand(1)
|
||||
+172
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
htcobol \- COBOL 85 compiler
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
A compiler for the
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
reads a COBOL source in the file
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
and depending on the option, will preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
to generate an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (i386) platforms.
|
||||
With the aid of the \fBGCC\fR
|
||||
tool set, this intermediate code can then be assembled and linked to create an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A executable binary can be created either directly by the compiler, or by
|
||||
generating intermediate assembler code and using a
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
for the assemble and link steps.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler recognizes several command line options as described below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
You can get a help message by invoking htcobol with the
|
||||
.B \-h
|
||||
option.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "INITIALIZATION FILES"
|
||||
Many compiler options can be set using the
|
||||
resource file and/or command line options.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Default resource file name is
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The precedence of any compiler option is as follows:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Command line options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Environment variables, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
The resource file options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Compiler default options.
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.B Compiler specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Create static library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and archive
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
mode Specify binding mode (static/dynamic)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compile to a statically linked object module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-e\fR <name>
|
||||
Specify entry point name (first program to execute)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Output preprocessor to standard output only; do not compile, assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Generate compiler debugging output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <name>
|
||||
Add library name to link step
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <dir>
|
||||
Add directory to library search path
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Create shared library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-M\fR <option>
|
||||
Specify main entry point option (auto|first|none)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
Don't actually run any commands; just print them
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Specify output file name
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Preprocess, compile (generate assembler code) only; do not assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Doesn't remove the intermediary files (assembly file, pre-processed COBOL file) generated
|
||||
during the compilation.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Generate verbose compiler output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Display compiler version information and exit
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<options> \fR
|
||||
Pass comma-separated <options> on to the linker
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Compile to an executable module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Generate very verbose compiler output
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B COBOL specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Make all COBOL calls dynamic
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Include source debugging lines
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <path>
|
||||
Define include (copybooks) search path(s) (default \-I./)
|
||||
The path may be either a single directory, or a list of
|
||||
directories separated by a `:' (`;' on the Win32 platform).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Generate output listing file
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to number of space(s) (default T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Input source is in X/Open free format (default format)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FILES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR - Compile options file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR - Run-time options file.
|
||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Run-time options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR and \fB LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Dynamically loaded libraries search path (excluding Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Temporary files directory path.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
htcobol \- COBOL 85 compiler
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
A compiler for the
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
reads a COBOL source in the file
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
and depending on the option, will preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
to generate an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (i386) platforms.
|
||||
With the aid of the \fBGCC\fR
|
||||
tool set, this intermediate code can then be assembled and linked to create an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A executable binary can be created either directly by the compiler, or by
|
||||
generating intermediate assembler code and using a
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
for the assemble and link steps.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler recognizes several command line options as described below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
You can get a help message by invoking htcobol with the
|
||||
.B \-h
|
||||
option.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "INITIALIZATION FILES"
|
||||
Many compiler options can be set using the
|
||||
resource file and/or command line options.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Default resource file name is
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The precedence of any compiler option is as follows:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Command line options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Environment variables, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
The resource file options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Compiler default options.
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.B Compiler specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Create static library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and archive
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
mode Specify binding mode (static/dynamic)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compile to a statically linked object module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-e\fR <name>
|
||||
Specify entry point name (first program to execute)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Output preprocessor to standard output only; do not compile, assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Generate compiler debugging output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <name>
|
||||
Add library name to link step
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <dir>
|
||||
Add directory to library search path
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Create shared library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-M\fR <option>
|
||||
Specify main entry point option (auto|first|none)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
Don't actually run any commands; just print them
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Specify output file name
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Preprocess, compile (generate assembler code) only; do not assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Doesn't remove the intermediary files(assembly file, pre-processed COBOL file) generated
|
||||
during the compilation.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Generate verbose compiler output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Display compiler version information and exit
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<options> \fR
|
||||
Pass comma-separated <options> on to the linker
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Compile to an executable module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Generate very verbose compiler output
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B COBOL specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Make all COBOL calls dynamic
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Include source debugging lines
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <path>
|
||||
Define include (copybooks) search path(s) (default \-I./)
|
||||
The path may be either a single directory, or a list of
|
||||
directories separated by a `:' (`;' on the Win32 platform).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Generate output listing file
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to number of space(s) (default T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Input source is in X/Open free format (default format)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FILES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR - Compile options file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR - Run-time options file.
|
||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Run-time options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR and \fB LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Dynamically loaded libraries search path (excluding Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Temporary files directory path.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
htcobol \- COBOL 85 compiler
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
A compiler for the
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
reads a COBOL source in the file
|
||||
.I filename
|
||||
and depending on the option, will preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
to generate an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (i386) platforms.
|
||||
With the aid of the \fBGCC\fR
|
||||
tool set, this intermediate code can then be assembled and linked to create an executable binary.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A executable binary can be created either directly by the compiler, or by
|
||||
generating intermediate assembler code and using a
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
for the assemble and link steps.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The compiler recognizes several command line options as described below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
You can get a help message by invoking htcobol with the
|
||||
.B \-h
|
||||
option.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "INITIALIZATION FILES"
|
||||
Many compiler options can be set using the
|
||||
resource file and/or command line options.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Default resource file name is
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The precedence of any compiler option is as follows:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Command line options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Environment variables, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
The resource file options, if available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Compiler default options.
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.B Compiler specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Create static library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and archive
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
mode Specify binding mode (static/dynamic)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compile to a statically linked object module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-e\fR <name>
|
||||
Specify entry point name (first program to execute)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Output preprocessor to standard output only; do not compile, assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Generate compiler debugging output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <name>
|
||||
Add library name to link step
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <dir>
|
||||
Add directory to library search path
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Create shared library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-M\fR <option>
|
||||
Specify main entry point option (auto|first|none)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
Don't actually run any commands; just print them
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Specify output file name
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Preprocess, compile (generate assembler code) only; do not assemble or link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Doesn't remove the intermediary files (assembly file, pre-processed COBOL file) generated
|
||||
during the compilation.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Generate verbose compiler output
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Display compiler version information and exit
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<options> \fR
|
||||
Pass comma-separated <options> on to the linker
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Compile to an executable module
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Generate very verbose compiler output
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B COBOL specific options:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Make all COBOL calls dynamic
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Include source debugging lines
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <path>
|
||||
Define include (copybooks) search path(s) (default \-I./)
|
||||
The path may be either a single directory, or a list of
|
||||
directories separated by a `:' (`;' on the Win32 platform).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Generate output listing file
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to number of space(s) (default T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Input source is in X/Open free format (default format)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FILES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR - Compile options file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR - Run-time options file.
|
||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Run-time options file directory path.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR and \fB LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Dynamically loaded libraries search path (excluding Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Temporary files directory path.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Tranlated to spanish language by Juan J. Martínez.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "22 de Enero de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NOMBRE
|
||||
htcobol \- compilador de COBOL 85
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opciones
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I nombrefichero
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPCIÓN"
|
||||
Un compilador para el
|
||||
.B CO\fRmmon
|
||||
.B B\fRusiness
|
||||
.B O\fRriented
|
||||
.B L\fRanguage,
|
||||
.B COBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
lee un fuente de COBOL desde el fichero
|
||||
.I nombrefichero
|
||||
y dependiendo de la opción, preprocesará, compilará, ensamblará y enlazará
|
||||
para generar un binario ejecutable.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
El compilador genera ensamblador GNU para la plataforma IA32 (i386).
|
||||
Con la ayuda de un conjunto de herramientas \fBGCC\fR, este código
|
||||
intermedio puede ser compilado y enlazado generando un binario ejecutable.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Un binario ejecutable puede se creado tanto directamente por el compilador,
|
||||
como generando código ensamblador intermedio y usando un
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
para los pasos de ensamblado y enlazado.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
El compilador reconoce varias opciones de linea de comando como se describe
|
||||
a continuación.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Puede obtener un mensaje de ayuda invocando htcobol con la opción \fB\-h\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FICHEROS DE INICIALIZACIÓN"
|
||||
Muchas opciones del compilador pueden ser indicadas
|
||||
usando el archivo de recursos y/o opciones de la linea de comando.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
El nombre por defecto para el fichero de opciones del compilador es
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
El orden de precedencia de cualquier opción del compilador es como sigue:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Opciones de la linea de comandos, de haberlas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Variables de entorno, de haberlas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Las opciones del fichero \fIhtcobolrc\fR, de haberlas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Opciones de compilación por defecto, de haberlas.
|
||||
.SH "OPCIONES"
|
||||
.B Opciones específicas del compilador:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Crea una librería estática; Preprocesar, compilar, ensamblar y archivar.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
Especificar el modo para enlazado (static o dynamic).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Preprocesa, compila y ensambla, pero no enlaza.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Muestra solo la salida del preprocesador a salida estandard; no compila, ensambla o enlaza.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Generar salida de compilador para debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <nombre>
|
||||
Añade la librería al enlazado.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <directorio>
|
||||
Añade el directorio al camino de búsqueda de librerías.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Crea una librería compartida; Preprocesa, compila, ensambla y enlaza.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
No ejecuta ningún comando; solo los muestra.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <fichero>
|
||||
Especifica el nombre del fichero de salida.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Solo preprocesar y compilar (genera código ensablador); no ensambla o enlaza.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
No elimina los ficheros intermedios generados durante la compilación (ensamblador, fichero COBOL pre-procesado).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Genera salida del compilador detallada.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Muestra la versión del compilador y termina.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<opciones> \fR
|
||||
Pasa <opciones>, separadas por comas, al enlazador.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Crea un ejecutable; preprocesa, compila, ensambla y enlaza.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Genera la salida del compilador muy detallada.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B Opciones específicas de COBOL:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Hace todas las llamadas de COBOL dinámicas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Incluye lineas del fuente para debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
El fuente de entrada está en formato estándar de columnas fijas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <camino>
|
||||
Define camínos de búsqueda para inclusión (copybooks) (por defecto \-I./)
|
||||
El camino puede ser tanto un directorio como una lista de directorios
|
||||
separados por un `:' (`;' en la plataforma Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Genera un fichero listado de la salida.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Expande los tabuladores a un número de espacios (por defecto T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
El fichero de entrada está en formato libre X/Open (formato por defecto).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FICHEROS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR fichero de recurso.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR fichero de recurso run-time.
|
||||
.SH ENTORNO
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Camino al directorio del fichero de recursos.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Camino al directorio del fichero de recursos run-time.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR et \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Camino de búsqueda para las librerías cargadas dinámicamente.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Camino al directorio de ficheros temporales.
|
||||
.SH "CONSULTAR TAMBIÉN"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "11 août 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NOM
|
||||
htcobol \- Compilateur COBOL 85
|
||||
.SH SYNTAXE
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I fichier
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Un compilateur pour le
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
lit un source COBOL depuis le
|
||||
.I fichier
|
||||
et, dépendant de l'option, préprocédera, compilera, assemblera et liera (fera une
|
||||
édition de liens) pour générer un exécutable binaire.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Le compilateur génère de l'assembleur GNU pour la plateforme IA32 (i386).
|
||||
A l'aide du jeu d'outils \fBGCC\fR, ce code intermédiaire peut ensuite être
|
||||
assemblé et lié pour créer un exécutable binaire.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Un exécutable binaire peut être créé soit directement par le compilateur,
|
||||
soit en générant du code assembleur intermédiaire et en utilisant un
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
pour les étapes d'assemblage et d'édition de liens.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Le compilateur reconnait plusieurs options de ligne de commande, décrits
|
||||
ci-dessous.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Vous pouvez obtenir un message d'aide en invoquant htcobol avec l'option
|
||||
.B \-h.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION"
|
||||
Beaucoup d'options du compilateur peuvent être établies en utilisant
|
||||
le fichier de ressources et/ou les options de la ligne de commande.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Le nom du fichier de ressources par défaut est
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
La préséance des options de compilation est la suivante:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Options de la ligne de commande, si disponibles.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Variables d'environnement, si disponibles.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Les options du fichier de ressources, si disponibles.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Les valeurs des options de ressource par défaut à la compilation, si
|
||||
disponibles.
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.B Options spécifiques au compilateur:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Crée une librairie statique; préprocède, compile, assemble et archive
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
Spécifie le mode de liens (statique/dynamique)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compile un module objet lié statiquement
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Sort seulement le résultat du prétraitement sur la sortie standard;
|
||||
ne compile pas, ni n'assemble ou lie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Génère les informations de débogage
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <nom>
|
||||
Ajoute le nom de la librairie à l'étape de liens
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <dir>
|
||||
Ajoute le répertoire à la liste de recherche des librairies
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Crée une librairie partagée; préprocède, compile, assemble et lie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
N'exécute pas les commandes; les montre seulement
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <fichier>
|
||||
Spécifie le fichier de sortie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Préprocède, compile seulement (génère le code assembleur); n'assemble pas, ni ne
|
||||
lie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Conserve les fichiers intermédiaires de la compilation (assembleur, COBOL
|
||||
préprocessé).
|
||||
lie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Demande une sortie verbeuse du compilateur
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Affiche les informations de version du compilateur et sort
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<options> \fR
|
||||
Passe une liste d'<options> séparée par virgule à l'éditeur de liens
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Compile un module exécutable
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Demande une sortie très verbeuse du compilateur
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B Options spécifiques à COBOL:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Rends tous les appels COBOL dynamiques
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Inclut les lignes sources pour le débogage
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Déclare l'entrée comme du format standard (colonnage fixe)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <chemin>
|
||||
Définit le chemin de recherche des copy (défaut \-I./)
|
||||
Le chemin peut être soit un seul répertoire, soit une liste
|
||||
de répertoires séparés par un `:' (`;' sur la plateforme Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Génère un fichier liste
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <nombre>
|
||||
Transforme les tabulations en <nombre> d'espaces (défaut T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Déclare l'entrée comme du format libre X/Open (format par défaut)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FICHIERS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR fichier de ressources d'options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR fichier de ressources d'options run-time.
|
||||
.SH ENVIRONNEMENT
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Répertoire du fichier de ressources d'options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Répertoire du fichier de ressources d'options run-time.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR et \fB LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Chemin de recherche des librairies chargées dynamiquement.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Répertoire pour les fichiers temporaires.
|
||||
.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "24 giugno 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NOME
|
||||
htcobol \- compilatore COBOL 85
|
||||
.SH SINTASSI
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opzioni
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I nome_file
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIZIONE"
|
||||
Un compilatore per il
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
legge il sorgente COBOL dal file
|
||||
.I nome_file
|
||||
e, in funzione delle opzioni, preprocessa, compila, assembla e linka
|
||||
generando un file binario eseguibile.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Il compilatore genera GNU assembler per la piattaforma IA32 (i386).
|
||||
Con l'ausilio degli strumenti \fBGCC\fR,
|
||||
questo codice intermedio puo` essere assemblato e linkato producendo un file binario eseguibile.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Il file binario eseguibile puo` essere prodotto direttamente dal compilatore, oppure puo` essere generato un codice assembler intermedio ed usare poi la procedura
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
per le fasi di assemblaggio e di link.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Il compilatore riconosce divere opzioni nella linea di comando, come descritto di seguito.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
E` possibile ottenere un testo d'aiuto eseguendo htcobol con l'opzione
|
||||
.B \-h.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FILES D'INIZIALIZZAZIONE"
|
||||
Svariate opzioni per il compilatore possono essere configurate nella linea di comando e/o utilizzando il file delle opzioni.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Il nome di default del file delle opzioni e`
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
La precedenza di ogni opzione di compilazione e` descritta di seguito:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Opzione su linea di comando, se disponibile.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Variabile d'ambiente, se disponibile.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Il file delle opzioni, se disponibile.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Opzioni di compilazione di default, se definite.
|
||||
.SH "OPZIONI"
|
||||
.B Opzioni specifice del Compilatore:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Crea libreria statica; Preprocessa, compila, assembla e comprime
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
mode Specifica la modalita` di collegamento (statica/dinamica)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compila generando un modulo oggetto linkato staticamente
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Invoca il preprocessore inviando il risultato nello 'standard output'; non compila, ne` assembla o linka.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Genera un file utilizzabile per il debugging
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <nome>
|
||||
Aggiungi la libreria 'nome' nella fase di link
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <dir>
|
||||
Aggiungi la cartella 'dir' nel percorso di ricerca delle librerie
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Crea una libreria d'uso comune (shared); preprocessa, compila, assembla e linka
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
Non esegue alcun comando; visualizza solo cio` che farebbe
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <file>
|
||||
Specifica il file da genereare
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Preprocessa, compila (genera codice assembler) solo; non assembla o linka
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Non rimuove i files intermedi (assembly file, COBOL file da pre-processo) generati
|
||||
durante la compilazione.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Genera messaggi estesi durante la compilazione
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Visualizza la versione del compilatore and esce
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<options> \fR
|
||||
Passa <opzioni> (separate da virgola) al linker
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Genera un modulo eseguibile
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Genera messaggi molto estesi durante la compilazione
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B opzioni specifiche COBOL:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Rendi tutte le 'calls' COBOL dinamiche
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Includi le linee di sorgente per il debugging
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso e` formattato in modalita` standard (fixed column)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <path>
|
||||
Definisce le cartelle 'path' di ricerca delle 'include' (copybooks) (default \-I./)
|
||||
Il percorso puo` essere sia una singola cartella, sia un elenco di
|
||||
cartelle separate da ":" (";" su piattaforma Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Genera un listato di compilazione
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Converti i 'tabs' in 'num' spazi (default T=8)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso ha la formattazione libera (X/Open free format) (default format)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "FILES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR file risorse delle opzioni.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR file risorse delle opzioni run-time.
|
||||
.SH VARIABILI D'AMBIENTE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Percorso della cartella contenente il file delle opzioni.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Percorso della cartella contenente il file delle opzioni run-time.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH e \fB LD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Percorso di ricerca delle librerie caricate dinamicamente.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Percorso della cartella dei files temporanei.
|
||||
.SH "VEDI ANCHE"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "Traduzione"
|
||||
Eseguita da Mario Lodi Rizzini (mlodirizzini@libero.it).
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobol (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOL</H2><PRE>
|
||||
COBOL 85 compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol</B> [ <I>options</I> ] <I>filename</I>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
A compiler for the <B>CO</B>mmon <B>B</B>usiness <B>O</B>riented <B>L</B>anguage, <B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I> reads from a COBOL source file <I>filename</I> and depending on
|
||||
the option, will preprocess, compile, assemble and link to generate
|
||||
an executable binary.
|
||||
|
||||
The compiler generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (x86) platforms.
|
||||
With the aid of the <B>GCC</B> tool set, this intermediate code can then be
|
||||
assembled and linked to create an executable binary.
|
||||
|
||||
A executable binary can be created either directly by the compiler,
|
||||
or by generating intermediate assembler code and using a <I>Makefile</I>
|
||||
for the assemble and link steps.
|
||||
|
||||
<! Note that the usage of a I Makefile/I is recommended as currently the
|
||||
compiler front end is incomplete and may produce invalid results.>
|
||||
|
||||
The compiler recognizes several command line options as described below.
|
||||
|
||||
You can get a help message by invoking htcobol with the <B>-h</B> option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>INITIALIZATION FILES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Many compiler options can be set using the resource file
|
||||
and/or command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
Default resource file name is <I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
The precedence of any compiler option is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Command line options, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Environment variables, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
3. The compile options file, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Compiler default options.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Compiler specific options:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-a</B> Create static library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and archive
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-B</B> mode Specify binding mode (static/dynamic)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-c</B> Compile to a statically linked object module
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-e</B> <name>
|
||||
Specify entry point name (first program to execute)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-E</B> Output preprocessor to standard output only.
|
||||
Do not compile, assemble or link.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Generate compiler debugging output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-l</B> <name>
|
||||
Add library name to link step
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-L</B> <path>
|
||||
Add directory to library search path
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B>
|
||||
Create shared library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-M</B> <option>
|
||||
Specify main entry point option (auto | first | none)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-n</B>
|
||||
Don't actually run any commands; just print them
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file>
|
||||
Specify output file name
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-S</B> Preprocess, compile (generate assembler code) only;
|
||||
do not assemble or link
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> Doesn't remove the intermediary files(assembly file,
|
||||
pre-processed COBOL file) generated during the compilation
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Generate verbose compiler output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Display compiler version information and exit
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-Wl,</B><options>
|
||||
Pass comma-separated options on to the linker
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Compile to an executable module
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-z</B> Generate very verbose compiler output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>COBOL specific options:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-C</B> Make all COBOL calls dynamic
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-D</B> Include source debugging lines
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-F</B> Input source is in standard fixed column format
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <path>
|
||||
Define include (copybooks) search paths.
|
||||
The path may be either a single directory, or a list of
|
||||
directories separated by a `:' (';' on the Win32 platform).
|
||||
The default search path is current working directory (-I.).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-P</B> Generate output listing file
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-T</B> <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to number of space(s) (default T=8)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-X</B> Input source is in free format (default format)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<I>htcobolrc</I> - Compile options file.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>htrtconf</I> - Run-time options file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
Compile options file directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
Run-time options file directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> and <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
Dynamically loaded shared libraries search path (excluding Win32).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>PATH</B>
|
||||
Win32 (MinGW) dynamically loaded DLL search path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
Temporary files directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>GCC(1)</B>, <B>as(1)</B>, <B>ld(1)</B>, <B>make(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobol (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOL</H2><PRE>
|
||||
COBOL 85 compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol</B> [ <I>options</I> ] <I>filename</I>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
A compiler for the <B>CO</B>mmon <B>B</B>usiness <B>O</B>riented <B>L</B>anguage, <B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I> reads from a COBOL source file <I>filename</I> and depending on
|
||||
the option, will preprocess, compile, assemble and link to generate
|
||||
an executable binary.
|
||||
|
||||
The compiler generates GNU assembler for the IA32 (x86) platforms.
|
||||
With the aid of the <B>GCC</B> tool set, this intermediate code can then be
|
||||
assembled and linked to create an executable binary.
|
||||
|
||||
A executable binary can be created either directly by the compiler,
|
||||
or by generating intermediate assembler code and using a <I>Makefile</I>
|
||||
for the assemble and link steps.
|
||||
|
||||
<! Note that the usage of a I Makefile/I is recommended as currently the
|
||||
compiler front end is incomplete and may produce invalid results.>
|
||||
|
||||
The compiler recognizes several command line options as described below.
|
||||
|
||||
You can get a help message by invoking htcobol with the <B>-h</B> option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>INITIALIZATION FILES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Many compiler options can be set using the resource file
|
||||
and/or command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
Default resource file name is <I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
The precedence of any compiler option is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Command line options, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Environment variables, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
3. The compile options file, if available.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Compiler default options.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Compiler specific options:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-a</B> Create static library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and archive
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-B</B> mode Specify binding mode (static/dynamic)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-c</B> Compile to a statically linked object module
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-e</B> <name>
|
||||
Specify entry point name (first program to execute)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-E</B> Output preprocessor to standard output only.
|
||||
Do not compile, assemble or link.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Generate compiler debugging output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-l</B> <name>
|
||||
Add library name to link step
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-L</B> <path>
|
||||
Add directory to library search path
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B>
|
||||
Create shared library; Preprocess, compile, assemble and link
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-M</B> <option>
|
||||
Specify main entry point option (auto | first | none)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-n</B>
|
||||
Don't actually run any commands; just print them
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file>
|
||||
Specify output file name
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-S</B> Preprocess, compile (generate assembler code) only;
|
||||
do not assemble or link
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> Doesn't remove the intermediary files(assembly file,
|
||||
pre-processed COBOL file) generated during the compilation
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Generate verbose compiler output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Display compiler version information and exit
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-Wl,</B><options>
|
||||
Pass comma-separated options on to the linker
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Compile to an executable module
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-z</B> Generate very verbose compiler output
|
||||
|
||||
<B>COBOL specific options:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-C</B> Make all COBOL calls dynamic
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-D</B> Include source debugging lines
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-F</B> Input source is in standard fixed column format
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <path>
|
||||
Define include (copybooks) search paths.
|
||||
The path may be either a single directory, or a list of
|
||||
directories separated by a `:' (';' on the Win32 platform).
|
||||
The default search path is current working directory (-I.).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-P</B> Generate output listing file
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-T</B> <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to number of space(s) (default T=8)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-X</B> Input source is in free format (default format)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<I>htcobolrc</I> - Compile options file.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>htrtconf</I> - Run-time options file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
Compile options file directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
Run-time options file directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> and <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
Dynamically loaded shared libraries search path (excluding Win32).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>PATH</B>
|
||||
Win32 (MinGW) dynamically loaded DLL search path.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
Temporary files directory path.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>GCC(1)</B>, <B>as(1)</B>, <B>ld(1)</B>, <B>make(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol</B> [ <I>opciones</I> ] <I>nombrefichero</I>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPCIÓN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Un compilador para el <B>CO</B>mmon <B>B</B>usiness <B>O</B>riented <B>L</B>anguage,
|
||||
<B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I> lee un fuente de COBOL desde el fichero <I>nom</I>
|
||||
<I>brefichero</I> y dependiendo de la opción, preprocesará, com
|
||||
pilará, ensamblará y enlazará para generar un binario eje
|
||||
cutable.
|
||||
|
||||
El compilador genera ensamblador GNU para la plataforma
|
||||
IA32 (i386). Con la ayuda de un conjunto de herramientas
|
||||
<B>GCC</B>, este código intermedio puede ser compilado y enlazado
|
||||
generando un binario ejecutable.
|
||||
|
||||
Un binario ejecutable puede se creado tanto directamente
|
||||
por el compilador, como generando código ensamblador
|
||||
intermedio y usando un <I>Makefile</I> para los pasos de ensam
|
||||
blado y enlazado.
|
||||
|
||||
El compilador reconoce varias opciones de linea de comando
|
||||
como se describe a continuación.
|
||||
|
||||
Puede obtener un mensaje de ayuda invocando htcobol con la
|
||||
opción <B>-h</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>FICHEROS DE INICIALIZACIÓN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Muchas opciones del compilador pueden ser indicadas usando
|
||||
el archivo de recursos y/o opciones de la linea de
|
||||
comando.
|
||||
|
||||
El nombre por defecto para el fichero de opciones del com
|
||||
pilador es <I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
El orden de precedencia de cualquier opción del compilador
|
||||
es como sigue:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Opciones de la linea de comandos, de haberlas.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Variables de entorno, de haberlas.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Las opciones del fichero <I>htcobolrc</I>, de haberlas.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Opciones de compilación por defecto, de haberlas.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPCIONES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Opciones</B> <B>específicas</B> <B>del</B> <B>compilador:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
<B>-l</B> <nombre>
|
||||
Añade la librería al enlazado.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-L</B> <directorio>
|
||||
Añade el directorio al camino de búsqueda de
|
||||
librerías.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B> Crea una librería compartida; Preprocesa, compila,
|
||||
ensambla y enlaza.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-n</B> No ejecuta ningún comando; solo los muestra.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <fichero>
|
||||
Especifica el nombre del fichero de salida.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-S</B> Solo preprocesar y compilar (genera código ens
|
||||
ablador); no ensambla o enlaza.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> No elimina los ficheros intermedios generados
|
||||
durante la compilación (ensamblador, fichero COBOL
|
||||
pre-procesado).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Genera salida del compilador detallada.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Muestra la versión del compilador y termina.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-Wl,<opciones></B>
|
||||
Pasa <opciones>, separadas por comas, al enlazador.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Crea un ejecutable; preprocesa, compila, ensambla y
|
||||
enlaza.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-z</B> Genera la salida del compilador muy detallada.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>Opciones</B> <B>específicas</B> <B>de</B> <B>COBOL:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-C</B> Hace todas las llamadas de COBOL dinámicas.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-D</B> Incluye lineas del fuente para debug.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-F</B> El fuente de entrada está en formato estándar de
|
||||
columnas fijas.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <camino>
|
||||
Define camínos de búsqueda para inclusión (copy
|
||||
books) (por defecto -I./) El camino puede ser tanto
|
||||
un directorio como una lista de directorios separa
|
||||
dos por un `:' (`;' en la plataforma Win32).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-P</B> Genera un fichero listado de la salida.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-T</B> <num>
|
||||
|
||||
El nombre por defecto es <I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
El nombre por defecto run-time es <I>htrtconf</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
Camino al directorio del fichero de recursos.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
Camino al directorio del fichero de recursos run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> et <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
Camino de búsqueda para las librerías cargadas
|
||||
dinámicamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>PATH</B>
|
||||
Camino de búsqueda para las librerías cargadas
|
||||
dinámicamente en la plataforma Win32 (MinGW).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
Camino al directorio de ficheros temporales.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>CONSULTAR TAMBIÉN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>GCC(1)</B>, <B>as(1)</B>, <B>ld(1)</B>, <B>make(1)</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
22 de Enero de 2002 <B>HTCOBOL(1)</B>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||
Content-type: text/html
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Manpage of HTCOBOL</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY>
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBOL</H1>
|
||||
Section: User Commands (1)<BR>Updated: 11 août 2002<BR><A HREF="#index">Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">Return to Main Contents</A><HR>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>NOM</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
htcobol - Compilateur COBOL 85
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SYNTAXE</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobol </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>options</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
<I>fichier</I>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Un compilateur pour le
|
||||
<B>CO</B>mmon
|
||||
<B>B</B>usiness
|
||||
<B>O</B>riented
|
||||
<B>L</B>anguage,
|
||||
<B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I>
|
||||
|
||||
lit un source COBOL depuis le
|
||||
<I>fichier</I>
|
||||
|
||||
et, dépendant de l'option, préprocédera, compilera, assemblera et liera (fera une
|
||||
édition de liens) pour générer un exécutable binaire.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Le compilateur génère de l'assembleur GNU pour la plateforme IA32 (i386).
|
||||
A l'aide du jeu d'outils <B>GCC</B>, ce code intermédiaire peut ensuite être
|
||||
assemblé et lié pour créer un exécutable binaire.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Un exécutable binaire peut être créé soit directement par le compilateur,
|
||||
soit en générant du code assembleur intermédiaire et en utilisant un
|
||||
<I>Makefile</I>
|
||||
|
||||
pour les étapes d'assemblage et d'édition de liens.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Le compilateur reconnait plusieurs options de ligne de commande, décrits
|
||||
ci-dessous.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Vous pouvez obtenir un message d'aide en invoquant htcobol avec l'option
|
||||
<B>-h.</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Beaucoup d'options du compilateur peuvent être établies en utilisant
|
||||
le fichier de ressources et/ou les options de la ligne de commande.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Le nom du fichier de ressources par défaut est
|
||||
<I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
La préséance des options de compilation est la suivante:
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT>1.<DD>
|
||||
Options de la ligne de commande, si disponibles.
|
||||
<DT>2.<DD>
|
||||
Variables d'environnement, si disponibles.
|
||||
<DT>3.<DD>
|
||||
Les options du fichier de ressources, si disponibles.
|
||||
<DT>4.<DD>
|
||||
Les valeurs des options de ressource par défaut à la compilation, si
|
||||
disponibles.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAF"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>Options spécifiques au compilateur:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B> <DD>
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
<DT><B>-a</B><DD>
|
||||
Crée une librairie statique; préprocède, compile, assemble et archive
|
||||
<DT><B>-B</B><DD>
|
||||
Spécifie le mode de liens (statique/dynamique)
|
||||
<DT><B>-c</B><DD>
|
||||
Compile un module objet lié statiquement
|
||||
<DT><B>-E</B><DD>
|
||||
Sort seulement le résultat du prétraitement sur la sortie standard;
|
||||
ne compile pas, ni n'assemble ou lie
|
||||
<DT><B>-g</B><DD>
|
||||
Génère les informations de débogage
|
||||
<DT><B>-l</B> <nom> <DD>
|
||||
Ajoute le nom de la librairie à l'étape de liens
|
||||
<DT><B>-L</B> <dir> <DD>
|
||||
Ajoute le répertoire à la liste de recherche des librairies
|
||||
<DT><B>-m</B> <DD>
|
||||
Crée une librairie partagée; préprocède, compile, assemble et lie
|
||||
<DT><B>-n</B><DD>
|
||||
N'exécute pas les commandes; les montre seulement
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <fichier> <DD>
|
||||
Spécifie le fichier de sortie
|
||||
<DT><B>-S</B><DD>
|
||||
Préprocède, compile seulement (génère le code assembleur); n'assemble pas, ni ne
|
||||
lie
|
||||
<DT><B>-t</B><DD>
|
||||
Conserve les fichiers intermédiaires de la compilation (assembleur, COBOL
|
||||
préprocessé).
|
||||
lie
|
||||
<DT><B>-v</B><DD>
|
||||
Demande une sortie verbeuse du compilateur
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Affiche les informations de version du compilateur et sort
|
||||
<DT><B>-Wl,<options> </B> <DD>
|
||||
Passe une liste d'<options> séparée par virgule à l'éditeur de liens
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B><DD>
|
||||
Compile un module exécutable
|
||||
<DT><B>-z</B><DD>
|
||||
Demande une sortie très verbeuse du compilateur
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>Options spécifiques à COBOL:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-C</B><DD>
|
||||
Rends tous les appels COBOL dynamiques
|
||||
<DT><B>-D</B><DD>
|
||||
Inclut les lignes sources pour le débogage
|
||||
<DT><B>-F</B><DD>
|
||||
Déclare l'entrée comme du format standard (colonnage fixe)
|
||||
<DT><B>-I</B> <chemin> <DD>
|
||||
Définit le chemin de recherche des copy (défaut -I./)
|
||||
Le chemin peut être soit un seul répertoire, soit une liste
|
||||
de répertoires séparés par un `:' (`;' sur la plateforme Win32).
|
||||
<DT><B>-P</B><DD>
|
||||
Génère un fichier liste
|
||||
<DT><B>-T</B> <nombre><DD>
|
||||
Transforme les tabulations en <nombre> d'espaces (défaut T=8)
|
||||
<DT><B>-X</B><DD>
|
||||
Déclare l'entrée comme du format libre X/Open (format par défaut)
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAG"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>FICHIERS</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><I>htcobolrc</I> fichier de ressources d'options.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><I>htrtconf</I> fichier de ressources d'options run-time .
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAH"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>ENVIRONNEMENT</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Répertoire du fichier de ressources d'options.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Répertoire du fichier de ressources d'options run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> et <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Chemin de recherche des librairies chargées dynamiquement.
|
||||
<DT><B>PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Win32 (MinGW) Chemin de recherche des librairies chargées dynamiquement.
|
||||
<DT><B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Répertoire pour les fichiers temporaires.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAI"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>VOIR AUSSI</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+GCC">GCC</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+as">as</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+ld">ld</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+make">make</A>(1).
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A NAME="index"> </A><H2>Index</H2>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAB">NOM</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAC">SYNTAXE</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAD">DESCRIPTION</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAE">FICHIERS D'INITIALISATION</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAF">OPTIONS</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAG">FICHIERS</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAH">ENVIRONNEMENT</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAI">VOIR AUSSI</A><DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.<BR>
|
||||
Time: 20:17:46 GMT, July 13, 2003
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobol (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOL</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Compilatore COBOL 85.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SINTASSI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol</B> [ <I>opzioni</I> ] <I>nome_file</I>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIZIONE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Un compilatore per il <B>CO</B>mmon <B>B</B>usiness <B>O</B>riented <B>L</B>anguage, <B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I> legge il sorgente COBOL dal file <I>nome_file</I> e, in funzione delle opzioni,
|
||||
preprocessa, compila, assembla e linka generando un file binario eseguibile.
|
||||
|
||||
Il compilatore genera GNU assembler per la piattaforma IA32 (i386).
|
||||
Con l'ausilio degli strumenti <B>GCC</B> questo codice intermedio può essere assemblato
|
||||
e linkato producendo un file binario eseguibile.
|
||||
|
||||
Il file binario eseguibile può essere prodotto direttamente dal compilatore, oppure può
|
||||
essere generato un codice assembler intermedio ed usare poi la procedura <I>Makefile</I>
|
||||
per le fasi di assemblaggio e di link.
|
||||
|
||||
<! Note that the usage of a I Makefile/I is recommended as currently the
|
||||
compiler front end is incomplete and may produce invalid results.>
|
||||
|
||||
Il compilatore riconosce divere opzioni nella linea di comando, come descritto di seguito.
|
||||
|
||||
È possibile ottenere un testo d'aiuto eseguendo htcobol con l'opzione <B>-h</B>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>FILES D'INIZIALIZZAZIONE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Svariate opzioni per il compilatore possono essere configurate nella linea di comando e/o
|
||||
utilizzando il file delle opzioni.
|
||||
|
||||
Il nome di default del file delle opzioni è <I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
La precedenza di ogni opzione di compilazione è descritta di seguito:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Opzione su linea di comando, se disponibile.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Variabile d'ambiente, se disponibile.
|
||||
|
||||
3. il file delle opzioni, se disponibile.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Opzioni di compilazione di default, se disponibile.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPZIONI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>Compiler specific options:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-a</B> Crea libreria statica; Preprocessa, compila, assembla e comprime
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-B</B> mode Specifica la modalità di collegamento (statica/dinamica)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-c</B> Compila generando un modulo oggetto linkato staticamente
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-E</B> Invoca il preprocessore inviando il risultato nello 'standard output'.
|
||||
Non compila, nè assembla o linka.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Genera un file utilizzabile per il debugging
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-l</B> <name>
|
||||
Aggiungi la libreria 'nome' nella fase di link
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-L</B> <path>
|
||||
Aggiungi la cartella 'dir' nel percorso di ricerca delle librerie
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-m</B>
|
||||
Crea una libreria d'uso comune (shared); preprocessa, compila, assembla e linka
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-n</B>
|
||||
Non esegue alcun comando; visualizza solo ciò che farebbe
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <file>
|
||||
Specifica il file da genereare
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-S</B> Preprocessa, compila (genera codice assembler) solo;
|
||||
non assembla o linka
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> Non rimuove i files intermedi (assembly file, COBOL
|
||||
file da pre-processo) generati durante la compilazione.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Genera messaggi estesi durante la compilazione
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-V</B> Visualizza la versione del compilatore and esce
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-Wl,</B><options>
|
||||
Passa <opzioni> (separate da virgola) al linker
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> Genera un modulo eseguibile
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-z</B> Genera messaggi molto estesi durante la compilazione
|
||||
|
||||
<B>opzioni specifiche COBOL:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-C</B> Rendi tutte le 'calls' COBOL dinamiche
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-D</B> Includi le linee di sorgente per il debugging
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-F</B> Il sorgente in ingresso è formattato in modalità standard (fixed column)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <path>
|
||||
Definisce le cartelle 'path' di ricerca delle 'include' (copybooks)
|
||||
Il percorso può essere sia una singola cartella, sia un elenco di
|
||||
cartelle separate da ":" (";" su piattaforma Win32).
|
||||
La cartella di ricerca di default è la cartella corrente (<I>./</I>).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-P</B> Genera un listato di compilazione
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-T</B> <num>
|
||||
Converti i 'tabs' in 'num' spazi (default T=8)
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-X</B> Il sorgente in ingresso ha la formattazione libera (X/Open free format) (default format)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<I>htcobolrc</I> - file risorse delle opzioni.
|
||||
|
||||
<I>htrtconf</I> - file risorse delle opzioni run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>VARIABILI D'AMBIENTE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
Percorso della cartella contenente il file delle opzioni.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
Percorso della cartella contenente il file delle opzioni run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> e <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
Percorso di ricerca delle librerie caricate dinamicamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>PATH</B>
|
||||
Win32 (MinGW) Percorso di ricerca delle librerie caricate dinamicamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
Percorso della cartella dei files temporanei.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>VEDI ANCHE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>GCC(1)</B>, <B>as(1)</B>, <B>ld(1)</B>, <B>make(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Traduzione eseguita da
|
||||
<a href="mailto:mlodirizzini@libero.it">Mario Lodi Rizzini</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobol (1)</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBOL</H1>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>NOME</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
htcobol - compilador COBOL 85
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobol </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>opcoes</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
<I>nomedoarquivo</I>
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRICAO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Um compilador para a
|
||||
<B>CO</B>mmon
|
||||
<B>B</B>usiness
|
||||
<B>O</B>riented
|
||||
<B>L</B>anguage,
|
||||
<B>COBOL</B>.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<I>Htcobol</I>
|
||||
|
||||
le o fonte COBOL no arquivo
|
||||
<I>nomedoarquivo</I>
|
||||
|
||||
e dependendo da opcao ele ira preprocessar, compilar, assemblar e linkar
|
||||
gerando um binario executavel.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
O compilador gera GNU assembler para a plataforma IA32 (i386).
|
||||
Com a ajuda do conjunto de ferramentas <B>GCC</B>, este codigo intermediario
|
||||
pode ser compilado e linkado gerando um binario executavel.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Um binario executavel pode ser criado diretamente pelo compilador, ou
|
||||
gerar o codigo assembler intermediario usando um
|
||||
<I>Makefile</I>
|
||||
|
||||
para os passos de assemble e link.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
O compilador reconhece varias opcoes de linha de comando como descrito abaixo.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Voce pode obter uma mensagem de help invocando htcobol com a opcao
|
||||
<B>-h</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>ARQUIVOS DE INICIALIZACAO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Muitas opcoes do compilador podem ser setadas
|
||||
usando o arquivo de recursos e/ou opcoes na
|
||||
linha de comando.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
O nome do arquivo de recursos padrao e
|
||||
<I>htcobolrc</I>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
A precedencia de algumas opcoes do compilador sao a seguir:
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT>1.<DD>
|
||||
Opcoes de linha de comando, se disponiveis.
|
||||
<DT>2.<DD>
|
||||
Variaveis de ambiente, se disponiveis.
|
||||
<DT>3.<DD>
|
||||
Opçoes de arquivo de recursos, se disponivel.
|
||||
<DT>4.<DD>
|
||||
Opcoes padrao de recurso em tempo de compilacao, se disponiveis.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAF"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPCOES</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>Opcoes especificas do Compilador:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B> <DD>
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
<DT><B>-a</B><DD>
|
||||
Cria biblioteca estatica; pre-processa, compila, assembla e arquiva.
|
||||
<DT><B>-B</B><DD>
|
||||
modo especifico para aglutinacao (estatica/dinamica).
|
||||
<DT><B>-c</B><DD>
|
||||
Compilacao para um modulo de objeto estaticamente linkado.
|
||||
<DT><B>-E</B><DD>
|
||||
Saida do preprocessador para saida padrao apenas; nao compila, assembla ou linka
|
||||
<DT><B>-g</B><DD>
|
||||
Gera saida de debug de compilacao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-l</B> <arquivo> <DD>
|
||||
Adiciona biblioteca na linkedicao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-L</B> <diretorio> <DD>
|
||||
Adiciona diretorio ao caminho de procura de bibliotecas.
|
||||
<DT><B>-m</B> <DD>
|
||||
Cria biblioteca dinamica; pre-processa, compila, assembla e linka.
|
||||
<DT><B>-n</B><DD>
|
||||
Não executa nenhum comando, deve mostrar a compilacao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <arquivo> <DD>
|
||||
Especifica nome do executavel (padrao de entrada x extensao).
|
||||
<DT><B>-S</B><DD>
|
||||
Preprocessa, compila(gera codigo assembler) somente; nao assembla ou linka.
|
||||
<DT><B>-t</B><DD>
|
||||
Nao remove os arquivos intermediarios(arquivo assembly, arquivo COBOL pre-processado)
|
||||
gerados durante a compilacao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B><DD>
|
||||
Compilacao para criar um executavel.
|
||||
<DT><B>-v</B><DD>
|
||||
Gera saida do compilador verbosa.
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Mostra informacoes da versao do compilador e sai.
|
||||
<DT><B>-Wl,</B><opcoes> <DD>
|
||||
Passar opcoes separadas por virgula ao linkeditor.
|
||||
<DT><B>-z</B><DD>
|
||||
Gera saida do compilador muito extensa.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>Opcoes especificas do COBOL:</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-C</B><DD>
|
||||
Faz todas as chamadas dinamicas COBOL.
|
||||
<DT><B>-D</B><DD>
|
||||
Inclui linhas de debug no fonte.
|
||||
<DT><B>-F</B><DD>
|
||||
Fonte de entrada esta em formato de coluna fixa padrao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-I</B> <path> <DD>
|
||||
Define inclusao(copybooks) de caminhos de procura. (padrao -I./)
|
||||
O caminho pode ser um simples diretorio, ou uma lista de
|
||||
diretorios separados por um ':'.
|
||||
<DT><B>-P</B><DD>
|
||||
Gera arquivo de saida listado.
|
||||
<DT><B>-T</B> <num><DD>
|
||||
Expande tabs para um numero de espacos (padrao T=8)
|
||||
<DT><B>-X</B><DD>
|
||||
Arquivo de entrada esta em formato livre X/Open (formato padrao)
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAG"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>ARQUIVOS</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><I>htcobolrc</I> arquivo de opcoes de recurso.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><I>htrtconf</I> arquivo de opcoes de recurso run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAH"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>AMBIENTE</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Caminho de diretorio do arquivo de opcoes.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Caminho de diretorio do arquivo de opcoes run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B> en <B>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Caminho do diretorio das bibliotecas carregadas dinamicamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>PATH</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Win32 (MinGW) caminho do diretorio das bibliotecas carregadas dinamicamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>TEMP</B>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Caminho do diretorio dos arquivos temporarios.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAI"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>VEJA TAMBEM</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>GCC</B>(1), <B>as</B>(1), <B>ld</B>(1), <B>make</B>(1).
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<I>This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://www.oac.uci.edu/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.</I><BR>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by Ferran Pegueroles using help2man and modified by hand.
|
||||
.\" Modified and updated by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Translated to portuguese language by Hudson Reis.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOL 1 "22 de Janeiro de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NOME
|
||||
htcobol \- compilador COBOL 85
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobol
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opcoes
|
||||
]
|
||||
.I nomedoarquivo
|
||||
.SH "DESCRICAO"
|
||||
Um compilador para a
|
||||
\fBCO\fRmmon
|
||||
\fBB\fRusiness
|
||||
\fBO\fRriented
|
||||
\fBL\fRanguage,
|
||||
\fBCOBOL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.I Htcobol
|
||||
le o fonte COBOL no arquivo
|
||||
.I nomedoarquivo
|
||||
e dependendo da opcao ele ira preprocessar, compilar, assemblar e linkar
|
||||
gerando um binario executavel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
O compilador gera GNU assembler para a plataforma IA32 (i386).
|
||||
Com a ajuda do conjunto de ferramentas \fBGCC\fR, este codigo intermediario
|
||||
pode ser compilado e linkado gerando um binario executavel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Um binario executavel pode ser criado diretamente pelo compilador, ou
|
||||
gerar o codigo assembler intermediario usando um
|
||||
.I Makefile
|
||||
para os passos de assemble e link.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
O compilador reconhece varias opcoes de linha de comando como descrito abaixo.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Voce pode obter uma mensagem de help invocando htcobol com a opcao
|
||||
.B \-h
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "ARQUIVOS DE INICIALIZACAO"
|
||||
Muitas opcoes do compilador podem ser setadas
|
||||
usando o arquivo de recursos e/ou opcoes na
|
||||
linha de comando.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
O nome do arquivo de recursos padrao e
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A precedencia de algumas opcoes do compilador sao a seguir:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Opcoes de linha de comando, se disponiveis.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Variaveis de ambiente, se disponiveis.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Opçoes de arquivo de recursos, se disponivel.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Opcoes padrao de recurso em tempo de compilacao, se disponiveis.
|
||||
.SH "OPCOES"
|
||||
.B Opcoes especificas do Compilador:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-a\fR
|
||||
Cria biblioteca estatica; pre-processa, compila, assembla e arquiva.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-B\fR
|
||||
modo especifico para aglutinacao (estatica/dinamica).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-c\fR
|
||||
Compilacao para um modulo de objeto estaticamente linkado.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-E\fR
|
||||
Saida do preprocessador para saida padrao apenas; nao compila, assembla ou linka.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Gera saida de debug de compilacao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-l\fR <arquivo>
|
||||
Adiciona biblioteca na linkedicao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-L\fR <diretorio>
|
||||
Adiciona diretorio ao caminho de procura de bibliotecas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-m\fR
|
||||
Cria biblioteca compartilhada; pre-processa, compila, assembla e linka.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-n\fR
|
||||
Nao executa nenhum comando, deve mostrar a compilacao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR
|
||||
Especifica o nome do arquivo de saida.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-S\fR
|
||||
Preprocessa, compila(gera codigo assembler) somente; nao assembla ou linka.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR
|
||||
Nao remove os arquivos intermediarios(arquivo assembly, arquivo COBOL pre-processado)
|
||||
gerados durante a compilacao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Gera saida do compilador verbosa.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Mostra informacoes da versao do compilador e sai.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-Wl,<opcoes>\fR
|
||||
Passar opcoes separadas por virgula ao linkeditor.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR
|
||||
Compilacao para criar um executavel.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-z\fR
|
||||
Gera saida do compilador muito extensa.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B Opcoes especificas do COBOL:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-C\fR
|
||||
Faz todas as chamadas dinamicas COBOL.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-D\fR
|
||||
Inclui linhas de debug no fonte.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-F\fR
|
||||
Fonte de entrada esta em formato de coluna fixa padrao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <path>
|
||||
Define inclusao(copybooks) de caminhos de procura. (padrao \-I./)
|
||||
O caminho pode ser um simples diretorio, ou uma lista de
|
||||
diretorios separados por um ':'.(';' em plataforma Win32).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-P\fR
|
||||
Gera arquivo de saida listado.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-T\fR <num>
|
||||
Expande tabs para um numero de espacos (padrao T=8).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-X\fR
|
||||
Arquivo de entrada esta em formato livre X/Open (formato padrao).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.SH "ARQUIVOS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htcobolrc\fR arquivo de opcoes de recurso.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I htrtconf\fR arquivo de opcoes de recurso run-time.
|
||||
.SH AMBIENTE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH
|
||||
Caminho de diretorio do arquivo de opcoes.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR
|
||||
Caminho de diretorio do arquivo de opcoes run-time.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TCOB_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\fR et \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH
|
||||
Caminho do diretorio das bibliotecas carregadas dinamicamente.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B TEMP
|
||||
Caminho do diretorio dos arquivos temporarios.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VEJA TAMBEM"
|
||||
GCC(1), as(1), ld(1), make(1).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobolpp \- COBOL pre-processor
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
input-filename
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I output-filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
The COBOL pre-processor program will perform the following functions:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Convert COBOL source from fixed to free\-form format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Process the \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Process the \fBREPLACE\fR statements found in the COBOL sources
|
||||
(not currently implimented).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Print COBOL source listings.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert all tabs to white space.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Include debug lines.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Turn on debuging mode.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <copy_dir>
|
||||
Copybooks search directories.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <listing_file>
|
||||
Listing file name.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <output_file>
|
||||
Output file name (default: standard output).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to <num> space(s).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in free form format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Print version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Verbose mode.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "January 22, 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NAME"
|
||||
htcobolpp \- COBOL pre-processor
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
input-filename
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I output-filename
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
The COBOL pre-processor program will perform the following functions:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Convert COBOL source from fixed to free\-form format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Process the \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Process the \fBREPLACE\fR statements found in the COBOL sources
|
||||
(not currently implimented).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Print COBOL source listings.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert all tabs to white space.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Display help.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Include debug lines.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Turn on debuging mode.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <copy_dir>
|
||||
Copybooks search directories.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <listing_file>
|
||||
Listing file name.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <output_file>
|
||||
Output file name (default: standard output).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to <num> space(s).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in free form format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Print version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Verbose mode.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Translated to spanish language by Juan J. Martínez.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "22 de Enero de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH "NOMBRE"
|
||||
htcobolpp \- Preprocesador de COBOL
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opciones=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
nombrefichero-entrada
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I nombrefichero-salida
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPCIÓN"
|
||||
El preprocesador de COBOL realiza las siguientes funciones:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Convertir el fuente de COBOL de formato fijo a formato libre.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Procesar las sentencias \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR que se encuentren en los fuentes
|
||||
COBOL.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Procesar las sentencias \fBREPLACE\fR encontradas en los fuentes COBOL
|
||||
(actualmente no implementado).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Mostrar los listados del fuente COBOL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
El flujo de salida por defecto es la salida estándar.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Notar que esta versión no convierte automáticamente todos los tabulados
|
||||
a espacios.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
La utilidad de conversión
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
es más adecuada para realizar esa tarea.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPCIONES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Incluye lineas de debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <fichero_entrada>
|
||||
El fuente de entrada está en formato estándar de columnas fijas.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Activar el modo debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <copy_dir>
|
||||
Directorio de búsqueda para copybooks.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <fichero_listado>
|
||||
Nombre del fichero para el listado.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <fichero_salida>
|
||||
Nombre del fichero de salida (por defecto la salida estándar).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <num>
|
||||
Expandir los tabuladores a <num> espacios.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <fichero_entrada>
|
||||
El fichero de entrada está en formato libre.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Mostrar información sobre la versión.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Modo detallado.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "CONSULTAR TAMBIÉN"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" French Translation by Bernard Giroud.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "11 août 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
..SH "NOM"
|
||||
htcobolpp \- Pré-processeur COBOL
|
||||
.SH SYNTAXE
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I options=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
fichier en entrée
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I fichier en sortie
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||
Le pré-processeur COBOL effectue les fonctions suivantes:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Convertit des sources COBOL de format fixe en format libre.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Traite les ordres \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR trouvés dans les sources COBOL.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Traite les ordres \fBREPLACE\fR trouvés dans les sources COBOL
|
||||
(pas encore implémenté).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Formate pour impression une liste du source COBOL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
La sortie par défaut est la sortie standard.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Notez que cette version ne remplacera pas automatiquement toutes les
|
||||
tabulations en espaces.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
L'utilitaire de conversion
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
est plus approprié pour cette tâche.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Inclut les lignes de débogage.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <fichier_en_entrée>
|
||||
Le fichier en entrée est en format standard (colonnage fixe).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Positionne le mode de débogage.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <répertoires_des_fichiers_d'inclusion>
|
||||
Répertoires de recherche des fichiers d'inclusion.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <fichier_liste>
|
||||
Nom du fichier de liste.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <fichier_en_sortie>
|
||||
Nom du fichier en sortie (défaut: sortie standard).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <nombre>
|
||||
Transforme les tabulations en <nombre> d'espace(s).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <fichier_en_entrée>
|
||||
Le fichier en entrée est en format libre (X/Open).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Affiche la version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Mode verbeux.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Italian Translation by Mario Lodi Rizzini
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "21 giugno 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH "NOME"
|
||||
htcobolpp \- COBOL pre-processore
|
||||
.SH SINTASSI
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opzioni=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
nome_file_da_pre-preprocessare
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I nome_file_di_destinazione
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRIZIONE"
|
||||
Il programma 'COBOL pre-processore' esegue le seguenti funzioni:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Converte la formattazione del sorgente COBOL da fissa a libera (free\-form).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Processa i comandi \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR trovati nei sorgenti COBOL.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Processa i comandi \fBREPLACE\fR trovati nei sorgenti COBOL
|
||||
(funzione al momento non implementata).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Stampa i listati dei sorgenti COBOL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
L'uscita di default e` lo standard output.
|
||||
Notare che questa versione non converte in modo automatico i 'tabs' in 'spazi'.
|
||||
Per questo scopo e` piu` indicato il programma
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
(1).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPZIONI"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Include le linee di debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <nome_file_in_input>
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso e` formattato in modalita` Standard.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Attiva la modalita` di debuging.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <copy_dir>
|
||||
Cartella di ricerca dei files 'Copybooks'.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <file_listato>
|
||||
Nome file del listato.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <output_file>
|
||||
Nome file da generare (default: standard output).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <num>
|
||||
Converte i 'tabs' in <num> spazi.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <input_file>
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso e` formattato in modalita` libera (free form).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Visualizza la versione.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Modalita` prolissa.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VEDI ANCHE"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "Traduzione"
|
||||
Eseguita da Mario Lodi Rizzini (mlodirizzini@libero.it).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobolpp (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOLPP</H2><PRE>
|
||||
COBOL pre-processor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp</B> [ <I>options=hVvdtpxfI</I> ] input-filename [ -o <I>output-filename</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
The COBOL pre-processor program will perform the following functions:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Convert COBOL source from fixed to free-form format.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Process the <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Process the <B>REPLACE</B> statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Print COBOL source listings.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert all tabs to white space.
|
||||
|
||||
The <B>expand</B> conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-d</B> Include debug lines.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Turn on debuging mode.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <copy_dir>
|
||||
Copybooks search directories.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-p</B> <listing_file>
|
||||
Listing file name.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <output_file>
|
||||
Output file name (default: standard output).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to <num> space(s).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in free form format.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Verbose mode.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>htcobf2f(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobolpp (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOLPP</H2><PRE>
|
||||
COBOL pre-processor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp</B> [ <I>options=hVvdtpxfI</I> ] input-filename [ -o <I>output-filename</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
|
||||
The COBOL pre-processor program will perform the following functions:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Convert COBOL source from fixed to free-form format.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Process the <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Process the <B>REPLACE</B> statements found in the COBOL sources.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Print COBOL source listings.
|
||||
|
||||
The default output stream is standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this version will not automatically convert all tabs to white space.
|
||||
|
||||
The <B>expand</B> conversion utility is better suited to perform this task.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Display help.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-d</B> Include debug lines.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in standard fixed column format.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Turn on debuging mode.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <copy_dir>
|
||||
Copybooks search directories.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-p</B> <listing_file>
|
||||
Listing file name.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <output_file>
|
||||
Output file name (default: standard output).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> <num>
|
||||
Expand tabs to <num> space(s).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Input source is in free form format.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Verbose mode.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>htcobf2f(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp</B> [ <I>opciones=hVvdtpxfI</I> ] nombrefichero-entrada [
|
||||
-o <I>nombrefichero-salida</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPCIÓN</H2><PRE>
|
||||
El preprocesador de COBOL realiza las siguientes fun
|
||||
ciones:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Convertir el fuente de COBOL de formato fijo a for
|
||||
mato libre.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Procesar las sentencias <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> que se
|
||||
encuentren en los fuentes COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Procesar las sentencias <B>REPLACE</B> encontradas en los
|
||||
fuentes COBOL (actualmente no implementado).
|
||||
|
||||
4. Mostrar los listados del fuente COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
El flujo de salida por defecto es la salida estándar.
|
||||
|
||||
Notar que esta versión no convierte automáticamente todos
|
||||
los tabulados a espacios.
|
||||
|
||||
La utilidad de conversión <B>expand</B> es más adecuada para
|
||||
realizar esa tarea.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPCIONES</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Muestra ayuda.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-d</B> Incluye lineas de debug.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> <fichero_entrada>
|
||||
El fuente de entrada está en formato estándar de
|
||||
columnas fijas.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Activar el modo debug.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <copy_dir>
|
||||
Directorio de búsqueda para copybooks.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-p</B> <fichero_listado>
|
||||
Nombre del fichero para el listado.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <fichero_salida>
|
||||
Nombre del fichero de salida (por defecto la salida
|
||||
estándar).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> <num>
|
||||
Expandir los tabuladores a <num> espacios.
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
Content-type: text/html
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Manpage of HTCOBOLPP</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY>
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBOLPP</H1>
|
||||
Section: User Commands (1)<BR>Updated: 11 août 2002<BR><A HREF="#index">Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">Return to Main Contents</A><HR>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
htcobolpp - Pré-processeur COBOL
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SYNTAXE</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>options=hVvdtpxfI</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
fichier en entrée
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
<I>fichier en sortie</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
Le pré-processeur COBOL effectue les fonctions suivantes:
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT>1.<DD>
|
||||
Convertit des sources COBOL de format fixe en format libre.
|
||||
<DT>2.<DD>
|
||||
Traite les ordres <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> trouvés dans les sources COBOL.
|
||||
<DT>3.<DD>
|
||||
Traite les ordres <B>REPLACE</B> trouvés dans les sources COBOL
|
||||
(pas encore implémenté).
|
||||
<DT>4.<DD>
|
||||
Formate pour impression une liste du source COBOL.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
La sortie par défaut est la sortie standard.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Notez que cette version ne remplacera pas automatiquement toutes les
|
||||
tabulations en espaces.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
L'utilitaire de conversion
|
||||
<B>expand </B>
|
||||
|
||||
est plus approprié pour cette tâche.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPTIONS</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B><DD>
|
||||
Affiche l'aide.
|
||||
<DT><B>-d</B><DD>
|
||||
Inclut les lignes de débogage.
|
||||
<DT><B>-f</B> <fichier_en_entrée><DD>
|
||||
Le fichier en entrée est en format standard (colonnage fixe).
|
||||
<DT><B>-g</B><DD>
|
||||
Positionne le mode de débogage.
|
||||
<DT><B>-I</B> <répertoires_des_fichiers_d'inclusion><DD>
|
||||
Répertoires de recherche des fichiers d'inclusion.
|
||||
<DT><B>-p</B> <fichier_liste><DD>
|
||||
Nom du fichier de liste.
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <fichier_en_sortie><DD>
|
||||
Nom du fichier en sortie (défaut: sortie standard).
|
||||
<DT><B>-t</B> <nombre> <DD>
|
||||
Transforme les tabulations en <nombre> d'espace(s).
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B> <fichier_en_entrée><DD>
|
||||
Le fichier en entrée est en format libre (X/Open).
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Affiche la version.
|
||||
<DT><B>-v</B><DD>
|
||||
Mode verbeux.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>VOIR AUSSI</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+htcobol">htcobol</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+htcobf2f">htcobf2f</A>(1), <A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+expand">expand</A>(1)
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A NAME="index"> </A><H2>Index</H2>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAB">SYNTAXE</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAC">DESCRIPTION</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAD">OPTIONS</A><DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#lbAE">VOIR AUSSI</A><DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.<BR>
|
||||
Time: 09:47:04 GMT, August 11, 2002
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobolpp (1)</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<BODY bgcolor="#ffffff" text="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
|
||||
<H2>HTCOBOLPP</H2><PRE>
|
||||
COBOL pre-processore.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>SINTASSI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp</B> [ <I>opzioni=hVvdtpxfI</I> ] nome_file_da_pre-processare [ -o <I>nome_file_di_destinazione</I> ]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRIZIONE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
Il programma 'COBOL pre-processore' esegue le seguenti funzioni:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Converte la formattazione del sorgente COBOL da fissa a libera (free\-form).
|
||||
|
||||
2. Processa i comandi <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> trovati nei sorgenti COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Processa i comandi <B>REPLACE</B> trovati nei sorgenti COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Stampa i listati dei sorgenti COBOL.
|
||||
|
||||
L'uscita di default è lo standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
Notare che questa versione non converte in mado automatico i 'tabs' in 'spazi'.
|
||||
Per questo scopo è più indicato il programma <B>expand</B> (1).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>OPZIONI</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>-h</B> Visualizza l'aiuto.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-d</B> Include le linee di debug.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-f</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso è formattato in modalità Standard.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-g</B> Attiva la modalità di debuging.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-I</B> <copy_dir>
|
||||
Cartella di ricerca dei files 'Copybooks'.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-p</B> <listing_file>
|
||||
Nome file del listato.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-o</B> <output_file>
|
||||
Nome file da generare (default: standard output).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-t</B> <num>
|
||||
Converte i 'tabs' in <num> spazi.
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-x</B> <input_file>
|
||||
Il sorgente in ingresso è formattato in modalità libera (free form).
|
||||
|
||||
<B>-v</B> Modalità prolissa.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<H2>VEDI ANCHE</H2><PRE>
|
||||
<B>htcobol(1)</B>, <B>htcobf2f(1)</B>, <B>expand(1)</B>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Man(1) output converted with
|
||||
<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
<ADDRESS>
|
||||
Traduzione eseguita da
|
||||
<a href="mailto:mlodirizzini@libero.it">Mario Lodi Rizzini</a>
|
||||
</ADDRESS>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>TinyCOBOL manual - htcobolpp (1)</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#006699" VLINK="#cccccc">
|
||||
<H1>HTCOBOLPP</H1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>NOME</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
htcobolpp - pre-processador COBOL.
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>SUMARIO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<B>htcobolpp </B>
|
||||
|
||||
[
|
||||
<I>opcoes=hVvdtpxfI</I>
|
||||
|
||||
]
|
||||
arquivo-de-entrada
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
<I>arquivo-de-saida</I>
|
||||
|
||||
] <BR><BR>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>DESCRICAO</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
O programa de pre-processamento COBOL ira executar as seguintes funcoes:
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT>1.<DD>
|
||||
Converte o fonte COBOL fixo para formato free.
|
||||
<DT>2.<DD>
|
||||
Processa os parametros <B>COPY/REPLACING</B> encontrados nos fontes COBOL.
|
||||
<DT>3.<DD>
|
||||
Processa os parametros <B>REPLACE</B> encontrados nos fontes COBOL
|
||||
(nao implementado atualmente)
|
||||
<DT>4.<DD>
|
||||
Imprime fonte COBOL listado.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
O padrao de saida corrente e a saida padrao.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
Note que esta versao nao ira automaticamente converter todos os tabs para
|
||||
espacos em branco.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
O utilitario de conversao
|
||||
<B>expand </B>
|
||||
|
||||
e melhor apropriado para executar esta tarefa.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>OPCOES</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL COMPACT>
|
||||
<DT><B>-h</B><DD>
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
<DT><B>-d</B><DD>
|
||||
Inclui linhas de debug.
|
||||
<DT><B>-f</B> <arquivo_entrada><DD>
|
||||
Arquivo de entrada esta em formato de coluna fixa padrao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-g</B><DD>
|
||||
Muda para modo de debug.
|
||||
<DT><B>-I</B> <diretorio_copybooks><DD>
|
||||
Diretorios de procura de copybooks.
|
||||
<DT><B>-p</B> <arquivo_listado><DD>
|
||||
Nome do arquivo listado.
|
||||
<DT><B>-o</B> <arquivo_saida><DD>
|
||||
Nome do arquivo de saida (padrao: saida padrao).
|
||||
<DT><B>-t</B> <num> <DD>
|
||||
Expande tabs para <num> espaco(s).
|
||||
<DT><B>-x</B> <input_file><DD>
|
||||
O arquivo de entrada esta no formato livre.
|
||||
<DT><B>-V</B><DD>
|
||||
Mostra versao.
|
||||
<DT><B>-v</B><DD>
|
||||
Modo verboso.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<A NAME="lbAF"> </A>
|
||||
<H2>VEJA TAMBEM</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="htcobol_man.html">htcobol</A>(1), <A HREF="htcobf2f_man.html">htcobf2f</A>(1), <B>expand</B>(1)
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<BR><BR>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<I>This document was created by
|
||||
<A HREF="http://www.oac.uci.edu/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</A>,
|
||||
using the manual pages.</I>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
..\"
|
||||
.\" Created by David Essex.
|
||||
.\" Translated to portuguese language by Hudson Reis.
|
||||
.\"
|
||||
.TH HTCOBOLPP 1 "22 de Janeiro de 2002"
|
||||
.UC 6
|
||||
.SH NOME
|
||||
htcobolpp \- pre-processador COBOL.
|
||||
.SH SUMARIO
|
||||
.B htcobolpp
|
||||
[
|
||||
.I opcoes=hVvdtpxfI
|
||||
]
|
||||
arquivo-de-entrada
|
||||
[ -o
|
||||
.I arquivo-de-saida
|
||||
]
|
||||
.SH "DESCRICAO"
|
||||
O programa de pre-processamento COBOL ira executar as seguintes funcoes:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Converte o fonte COBOL fixo para formato free.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Processa os parametros \fBCOPY/REPLACING\fR encontrados nos fontes COBOL.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
3.
|
||||
Processa os parametros \fBREPLACE\fR encontrados nos fontes COBOL
|
||||
(nao implementado atualmente)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
4.
|
||||
Imprime fonte COBOL listado.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
O padrao de saida corrente e a saida padrao.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note que esta versao nao ira automaticamente converter todos os tabs para
|
||||
espacos em branco.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
O utilitario de conversao
|
||||
.B expand
|
||||
e melhor apropriado para executar esta tarefa.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "OPCOES"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-h\fR
|
||||
Mostra ajuda.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-d\fR
|
||||
Inclui linhas de debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-f\fR <arquivo_entrada>
|
||||
Arquivo de entrada esta em formato de coluna fixa padrao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-g\fR
|
||||
Muda para modo de debug.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-I\fR <diretorio_copybooks>
|
||||
Diretorios de procura de copybooks.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-p\fR <arquivo_listado>
|
||||
Nome do arquivo listado.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-o\fR <arquivo_saida>
|
||||
Nome do arquivo de saida (padrao: saida padrao).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-t\fR <num>
|
||||
Expande tabs para <num> espaco(s).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-x\fR <input_file>
|
||||
O arquivo de entrada esta no formato livre.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-V\fR
|
||||
Mostra versao.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-v\fR
|
||||
Modo verboso.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "VEJA TAMBEM"
|
||||
htcobol(1), htcobf2f(1), expand(1)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
TinyCOBOL MinGW edition:
|
||||
|
||||
TinyCOBOL MinGW edition assumes that the following is installed on your system:
|
||||
- GCC MinGW version.
|
||||
- Berkeley's DB library version 1.85.
|
||||
- PDcurses library version 2.4 or later.
|
||||
|
||||
Installation using the setup binary:
|
||||
- Run the INNO setup (ex: tinycobol-0.62-1.mingw.exe) binary.
|
||||
- Create a DOS or CMD window shortcut.
|
||||
- Set the TinyCOBOL and PATH environment variables.
|
||||
Win9x users (DOS):
|
||||
Use the enclosed batch file 'tcobol.bat' as a template.
|
||||
Set the initial environment memory to 4096.
|
||||
Win2K/XP users (CMD):
|
||||
Use the properties sheet to set the values.
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
set TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH=C:\TinyCOBOL
|
||||
set TCOBRT_CONFIG_DIR=C:\TinyCOBOL
|
||||
set PATH=C:\TinyCOBOL;C:\mingw\bin;%PATH%
|
||||
|
||||
Binaries for BDB and PDcurses can be downloaded from the TinyCOBOL web page.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the following are not included in distribution.
|
||||
- Regression test suite sources.
|
||||
- Utility programs binaries.
|
||||
- Sample COBOL code sources.
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 56 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
|
||||
TinyCOBOL license:
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1999-2003 Rildo Pragana.
|
||||
|
||||
The TinyCOBOL compiler is licensed under the GNU General Public License, and the TinyCOBOL run time library is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
|
||||
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
|
||||
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
|
||||
your libraries, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
|
||||
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
|
||||
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
|
||||
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
|
||||
the original authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
|
||||
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
|
||||
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
|
||||
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
|
||||
free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
|
||||
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
|
||||
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
|
||||
designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
|
||||
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
|
||||
the same as in the ordinary license.
|
||||
|
||||
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
|
||||
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
|
||||
program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
|
||||
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
|
||||
analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
|
||||
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
|
||||
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
|
||||
treats it as such.
|
||||
|
||||
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
|
||||
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
|
||||
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
|
||||
|
||||
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
|
||||
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
|
||||
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
|
||||
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
|
||||
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
|
||||
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
|
||||
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
|
||||
changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
|
||||
will lead to faster development of free libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
|
||||
works together with the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
|
||||
General Public License rather than by this special one.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
|
||||
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
|
||||
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
|
||||
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
|
||||
addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
|
||||
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
|
||||
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
|
||||
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
||||
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
||||
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
||||
written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
|
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
|
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
|
||||
ordinary General Public License).
|
||||
|
||||
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
|
||||
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
|
||||
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02111-1307, USA
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
|
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
That's all there is to it!
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
@ECHO OFF
|
||||
doskey
|
||||
rem SET PROMPT=$g
|
||||
rem SET HOME=D:\mingw\home
|
||||
rem SET TMP=D:\temp
|
||||
rem SET TEMP=D:\temp
|
||||
SET PATH=.;D:\mingw\bin;D:\TinyCOBOL;D:\mingw\usr\bin;%PATH%
|
||||
SET C_INCLUDE_PATH=D:\mingw\include;D:\mingw\usr\include
|
||||
SET CPP_INCLUDE_PATH=D:\mingw\include\g++-3;D:\mingw\include
|
||||
SET CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH=D:\mingw\include\g++-3;D:\mingw\include
|
||||
SET LIBRARY_PATH=D:\mingw\lib;D:\mingw\usr\lib
|
||||
SET BISON_SIMPLE=D:\mingw\usr\share\bison.simple
|
||||
SET BISON_HAIRY=D:\mingw\usr\share\bison.hairy
|
||||
SET TCOB_OPTIONS_PATH=D:\TinyCOBOL
|
||||
SET TCOB_RTCONFIG_PATH=D:\TinyCOBOL
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
; Inno Setup Script for TinyCOBOL MinGW edition.
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
[Setup]
|
||||
AppName=TinyCOBOL MinGW edition
|
||||
AppVerName=TinyCOBOL version @TCOB_VERSION@
|
||||
AppPublisherURL=http://tiny-cobol.sf.net/
|
||||
AppSupportURL=http://tiny-cobol.sf.net/
|
||||
AppUpdatesURL=http://tiny-cobol.sf.net/
|
||||
DefaultDirName={pf}\TinyCOBOL
|
||||
DefaultGroupName=TinyCOBOL MinGW edition
|
||||
LicenseFile=info\isetup\license.txt
|
||||
;InfoBeforeFile=Notes.mingw.txt
|
||||
;InfoAfterFile=Readme.mingw32.txt
|
||||
InfoAfterFile=info\isetup\Readme.isetup.txt
|
||||
OutputDir=.
|
||||
OutputBaseFilename=tinycobol-@TCOB_VERSION@-@TCOB_RELEASE_VERSION@.mingw
|
||||
WizardImageFile=info\isetup\image3e1.bmp
|
||||
|
||||
[Tasks]
|
||||
Name: "desktopicon"; Description: "Create a &desktop icon"; GroupDescription: "Additional icons:"
|
||||
|
||||
[Files]
|
||||
Source: "compiler\htcobol.exe"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "info\isetup\tcobol.bat"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "compiler\htcobolrc"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
; Source: "lib\htcobol.dll"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
; Source: "lib\htcobol.dll.a"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "lib\libhtcobol.a"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "lib\htrtconf"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "info\isetup\license.txt"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
;Source: "Notes.mingw.txt"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "Readme.mingw32.txt"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "info\isetup\Readme.isetup.txt"; DestDir: "{app}"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "info\*.html"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "README"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "INSTALL.Win32"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "install.txt"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "COPYING"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
Source: "COPYING.LIB"; DestDir: "{app}\doc"; Flags: ignoreversion
|
||||
; NOTE: Don't use "Flags: ignoreversion" on any shared system files
|
||||
|
||||
[Icons]
|
||||
Name: "{group}\TinyCOBOL"; Filename: "{cmd}"; WorkingDir: "{app}";
|
||||
Name: "{group}\Uninstall"; Filename: "{uninstallexe}"
|
||||
Name: "{userdesktop}\TinyCOBOL MinGW edition"; Filename: "{cmd}"; WorkingDir: "{app}"; Tasks: desktopicon
|
||||
|
||||
;[Run]
|
||||
;Filename: "{app}\tcobol.bat"; Description: "Launch TinyCOBOL MinGW edition"; Flags: nowait postinstall skipifsilent
|
||||
;Filename: "{app}\Readme.isetup.txt"; Description: "Read TinyCOBOL manual setup"; Flags: nowait postinstall skipifsilent
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
This directory contains info on how to build a rpm file.
|
||||
a sample RPM spec file for Tiny COBOL and info.
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
Status is not functional. Rpm spec file is a prototype and requires configure.
|
||||
|
||||
To build:
|
||||
rpm -ba tinycobol.spec
|
||||
|
||||
This will look for filename in spec file under Source.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.19991230.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
The program rpm will look for tinycobol-0.19991230.tar.gz in the $D1/SOURCES directory,
|
||||
where D1 usually defaults to /usr/src/redhat.
|
||||
|
||||
More info can found in rpm-KickStart-HOWTO-13.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
13. Appendix B - Making your own RPMs
|
||||
|
||||
The RPM package format is already very well documented, particularly in the
|
||||
book Maximum RPM by Ed Bailey, which you can download from the RPM WWW site
|
||||
- also available from all good book stores! This is just a couple of quick
|
||||
hints for people in a hurry.
|
||||
|
||||
RPM packages are built from a spec file. This consists (in a similar fashion
|
||||
to the KickStart config file) of a recipe of steps that need to be taken in
|
||||
order to build the package - it's expected that you'll have to build it from
|
||||
source, potentially for multiple platforms, and may need to apply patches
|
||||
before compiling. Once built and installed, a binary RPM will be created
|
||||
from the files and directories you specify as being associated with the
|
||||
package. It's important to note that RPM has no idea of which files and
|
||||
directories are related to a given package - you have to tell it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's a sample specification for a custom RPM of the Squid WWW cache
|
||||
server:
|
||||
|
||||
Summary: Squid Web Cache server
|
||||
Name: squid
|
||||
Version: 1.NOVM.22
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL/Harvest
|
||||
Group: Networking/Daemons
|
||||
Source: squid-1.NOVM.22-src.tar.gz
|
||||
Patch: retry-1.NOVM.20.patch
|
||||
%description
|
||||
This is just a first attempt to package up the Squid Web Cache for easy
|
||||
installation on our RedHat Linux servers
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
%build
|
||||
configure --prefix=/usr/squid
|
||||
perl -spi -e 's!#( -DALLOW_HOSTNAME_UNDERSCORES)!$1!' src/Makefile
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/squid
|
||||
|
||||
Here's how to build this RPM:
|
||||
|
||||
% mkdir -p SOURCES BUILD SRPMS RPMS/i386
|
||||
% cp ~/squid-1.NOVM.22-src.tar.gz SOURCES
|
||||
% cp ~/retry-1.NOVM.20.patch SOURCES
|
||||
% rpm -ba squid-1.NOVM.22+retry-1.spec
|
||||
|
||||
This will automatically create a subdirectory under the BUILD directory,
|
||||
into which it'll unpack the source code and then apply the patch (there are
|
||||
a number of options available for patching - check the book for details).
|
||||
Now, RPM will automatically build the package by running configure and then
|
||||
make, install it using make install, and take a snapshot of the files under
|
||||
/usr/squid. It's the latter which will form the binary RPM of the Squid
|
||||
software.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that we can insert arbitrary shell commands into the unpacking,
|
||||
building and installing processes, e.g. the call to perl which tweaks one of
|
||||
Squid's compile-time parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
The final binary RPM will be left under the RPMS directory in the platform
|
||||
specific subdirectory i386. In this case it will be called
|
||||
squid-1.NOVM.22-1.i386.rpm. Note that the filename is created by
|
||||
concatenating the values of the following parameters from the spec file:
|
||||
Name, Version and Release - plus the hardware platform in question, i386 in
|
||||
this case. Try to bear this in mind when creating your own RPMs, to avoid
|
||||
giving them overly long or painful names!
|
||||
|
||||
It's also worth bearing in mind that you can build RPMs without having to
|
||||
rebuild the whole software package, e.g.
|
||||
|
||||
Summary: Linux 2.0.36 kernel + filehandle patch + serial console patch
|
||||
|
||||
Name: linux
|
||||
Version: 2.0.36+filehandle+serial_console
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Base/Kernel
|
||||
Source: linux-2.0.36+filehandle+serial_console.tar.gz
|
||||
%description
|
||||
This is just a first attempt to package up the Linux kernel with patches
|
||||
for installation on our RedHat Linux servers
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
%post
|
||||
/sbin/lilo
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/lib/modules/2.0.36
|
||||
/boot/vmlinuz
|
||||
|
||||
In this case we simply create an RPM based on the /boot/vmlinuz file and the
|
||||
contents of the directory /lib/modules/2.0.36, and execute /sbin/lilo after
|
||||
the package has been installed on a target machine. Let me know if you know
|
||||
much neater way of writing the spec file than this.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
Summary: COBOL compiler.
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.61
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.61.tar.gz
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Copyright: GPL/LGPL
|
||||
Packager: Bernard Giroud <bgiroud@nospam.free.fr.nospam>
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL 85 compliant compiler for the IA32 (i386) architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
%doc ANNOUNCE AUTHORS COPYING COPYING.LIB COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc INSTALL INSTALL.bin INSTALL.Win32 README STATUS
|
||||
%doc info/htcobf2f_man.html info/htcobol_man.html info/htcobolpp_man.html
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/htcobolrc
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/htcobolpp
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/screen.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobol.1
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobf2f.1
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobolpp.1
|
||||
|
||||
%changelog
|
||||
|
||||
* Thur Sept 10 2003 David Essex
|
||||
* Sun Feb 03 2003 Bernard Giroud
|
||||
* Tue Jan 29 2002 David Essex
|
||||
* Wed July 11 2001 David Essex
|
||||
|
||||
- Updated previous version.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: htcobol
|
||||
Version: 0.0
|
||||
Release: 19991230
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.19991230.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
Tiny COBOL, htcobol, is a ANSI 74 compliant COBOL compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.2
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.2.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL ANSI/ISO 85 compliant compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
%setup -n tinycobol
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
cd utils/cobpp
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
cd utils/cobpp
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobpp
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
%doc AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc BUGS
|
||||
%doc CHANGES
|
||||
%doc COPYING
|
||||
%doc COPYING.LIB
|
||||
%doc COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc ChangeLog
|
||||
%doc HISTORY
|
||||
%doc INSTALL
|
||||
%doc INSTALL.bin
|
||||
%doc README
|
||||
%doc TODO
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
%doc test.code
|
||||
%doc test_suite
|
||||
%doc tinycobol.lsm
|
||||
%doc utils/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYING
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.3
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.3.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL 85 compliant compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobpp
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
%doc AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc BUGS
|
||||
%doc CHANGES
|
||||
%doc COPYING
|
||||
%doc COPYING.LIB
|
||||
%doc COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc ChangeLog
|
||||
%doc HISTORY
|
||||
%doc INSTALL
|
||||
%doc INSTALL.bin
|
||||
%doc README
|
||||
%doc TODO
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
%doc test.code
|
||||
%doc test_suite
|
||||
%doc tinycobol.lsm
|
||||
%doc utils/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYING
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.4
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.4.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL 85 compliant compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobpp
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/htcobolpp
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/CMDLine.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/CMDLine1.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/ENVAR1.cpy
|
||||
%doc AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc BUGS
|
||||
%doc CHANGES
|
||||
%doc COPYING
|
||||
%doc COPYING.LIB
|
||||
%doc COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc ChangeLog
|
||||
%doc HISTORY
|
||||
%doc INSTALL
|
||||
%doc INSTALL.bin
|
||||
%doc README
|
||||
%doc TODO
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
%doc test.code
|
||||
%doc test_suite
|
||||
%doc tinycobol.lsm
|
||||
%doc utils/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYING
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.50
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.50.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL 85 compliant compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobpp
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/htcobolpp
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/CMDLine.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/CMDLine1.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/ENVAR1.cpy
|
||||
%doc AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc BUGS
|
||||
%doc CHANGES
|
||||
%doc COPYING
|
||||
%doc COPYING.LIB
|
||||
%doc COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc ChangeLog
|
||||
%doc HISTORY
|
||||
%doc INSTALL
|
||||
%doc INSTALL.bin
|
||||
%doc README
|
||||
%doc TODO
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
%doc test.code
|
||||
%doc test_suite
|
||||
%doc tinycobol.lsm
|
||||
%doc utils/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/AUTHORS
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYING
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/COPYRIGHT
|
||||
%doc utils/cobpp/Readme.txt
|
||||
%doc info
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
Summary: The Tiny COBOL compiler
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.1.5.3
|
||||
Release: 1cl
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages
|
||||
Source: ftp://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/pub/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.1.5.3.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL ANSI/ISO 85 compliant compiler for the
|
||||
i386 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
|
||||
%build
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr/local
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
|
||||
%changelog
|
||||
|
||||
*
|
||||
- Creating a rpm package
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
Name: tinycobol
|
||||
Version: 0.57
|
||||
Release: 1
|
||||
Copyright: GPL
|
||||
Source: tinycobol-0.57.tar.gz
|
||||
URL: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/tinycobol-0.57.tar.gz
|
||||
Summary: tinycobol-0.57
|
||||
Group: Development/Languages/Applications
|
||||
|
||||
%define ver 0.57
|
||||
%define rel 1
|
||||
%define prefix /usr/local
|
||||
|
||||
%description
|
||||
TinyCOBOL, htcobol, is a COBOL 85 compliant compiler for the IA32 (i386) architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
Home page:
|
||||
http://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
|
||||
Download:
|
||||
http://tiny-cobol.sourceforge.net/snapshots/
|
||||
http://download.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/
|
||||
http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/devel/lang/cobol/
|
||||
|
||||
Mailing list:
|
||||
http://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/tiny-cobol-users
|
||||
|
||||
Mailing list archives:
|
||||
http://www.geocrawler.com/redir-sf.php3?list=tiny-cobol-users
|
||||
|
||||
See INSTALL for build, install instructions.
|
||||
See INSTALL.bin for binary install instructions.
|
||||
See INSTALL.Win32 for Win32 systems install instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
%prep
|
||||
%setup
|
||||
%build
|
||||
* ./configure --prefix=%prefix --with-libdb=3
|
||||
./configure --prefix=%prefix
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
%install
|
||||
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
|
||||
|
||||
make install
|
||||
|
||||
%clean
|
||||
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
|
||||
|
||||
%post -p /sbin/ldconfig
|
||||
|
||||
%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
|
||||
|
||||
%files
|
||||
%defattr(-, root, root)
|
||||
%doc ANNOUNCE AUTHORS BUGS COPYING COPYING.LIB COPYRIGHT ChangeLog
|
||||
%doc HISTORY INSTALL INSTALL.bin INSTALL.Win32 README tinycobol.lsm
|
||||
/usr/local/bin/htcobol
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/libhtcobol.a
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/cobopt
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/htcobolpp
|
||||
/usr/local/share/htcobol/copybooks/CMDLine.cpy
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobol.1
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobf2f.1
|
||||
/usr/local/man/man1/htcobolpp.1
|
||||
|
||||
%changelog
|
||||
|
||||
* Tue Jan 29 2002 David Essex
|
||||
* Sun Jul 15 2001 David Essex
|
||||
* Fri Jul 13 2001 David Billsbrough
|
||||
+1442
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+20212
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Reference in New Issue
Block a user